JEE Main 2020 Paper

Date of Exam: 7th January 2020 (Shift 1)

Time: 9:30 am- 12:30 pm
Subject: Physics

1. Which of the following gives reversible operation?

a. b.

c. d.

Solution: (c)

Since, there is only one input hence the operation is reversible.

2. A 60 HP electric motor lifts an elevator with a maximum total load capacity of 2000 kg. If the frictional force on
the elevator is 4000 N, the speed of the elevator at full load is close to (Given 1 HP = 746 W, g = 10 m/s2 )

a. 1.9 m/s b. 1.7 m/s

c. 2 m/s d. 1.5 m/s

Solution:(a)
Friction will oppose the motion

Net force = 2000g + 4000 = 24000 N

Power of lift = 60 HP
Power =Force × Velocity
P 60 × 746
v= =
F 24000
v = 1.86 m/s

7th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) page: 1

3. A LCR circuit behaves like a damped harmonic oscillator. Comparing it with a physical spring-mass damped
oscillator having damping constant b, mass m and oscillating with a force constant k, the correct equivalence will
be
1 1 1 1
a. L ↔ m, C ↔ ,R↔b b. L↔ ,C ↔ ,R↔
k b m k
c. L ↔ k, C ↔ b, R ↔ m d. L ↔ m, C ↔ k, R ↔ b

Solution:(a)
For damped oscillator by Newton’s second law

− kx − bv = ma
kx + bv + ma = 0
dx d2 x
kx + b +m 2 =0
dt dt
For LCR circuit by KVL
dI q
− IR − L − = 0
dt c
dI q
=⇒ IR + L + = 0
dt c
q dq d2 q
=⇒ + R + L 2 = 0
c dt dt
By comparing
R =⇒ b
1
c =⇒
k
m =⇒ L

4. As shown in the figure, a bob of mass m is tied by a massless string whose other end portion is wound on a
flywheel (disc) of radius R and mass m. When released from the rest, the bob starts falling vertically. When it
has covered a distance h, the angular speed of the wheel will be (there is no slipping between string and wheel)
r r
1 4gh 1 2gh
a. b.
R 3 R 3
r r
2gh 4gh
c. R d. R
3 3

7th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) page: 2

 Solution:(a)
By energy conservation,

1 1
mgh = mv 2 + Iω 2
2 2
2 2 2
v ω R
⇒ gh = + (1)
2 4

Since the rope is inextensible and also it is not slipping,

∴ v = Rω (2)
from eq. (1) and (2)
ω 2 R2 ω 2 R2
gh = +
2 4
3 2 2
⇒ gh = R ω
4
4gh
⇒ ω2 = 2
3R
r
1 4gh
⇒ω=
R 3

5. Three point particles of mass 1 kg, 1.5 kg and 2.5 kg are placed at corners of a right triangle of sides 4 cm, 3 cm
and 5 cm as shown. The centre of mass of the system with respect to 1 kg mass is at the point

a. 0.6 cm to the right of 1 kg and 2 cm above 1 kg mass

b. 0.9 cm to the right of 1 kg and 2 cm above 1 kg mass
c. 0.9 cm to the right of 1 kg and 2 cm below 1 kg mass
d. 0.9 cm to the right of 1 kg and 1.5 cm above 1 kg mass

Solution: (b)

Taking 1 kg as the origin

m1 x1 + m2 x2 + m3 x3
xcom =
m1 + m2 + m3
7th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) page: 3
 1 × 0 + 1.5 × 3 + 2.5 × 0
xcom =
5
xcom = 0.9
m1 y1 + m2 y2 + m3 y3
ycom =
m1 + m2 + m3
1 × 0 + 1.5 × 0 + 2.5 × 4
ycom =
5
ycom = 2

Centre of mass is at (0.9, 2)

6. A parallel plate capacitor has plates of area A separated by distance ‘d’. It is filled with a dielectric which has
a dielectric constant varies as k (x) = k(1 + αx), where ‘x’ is the distance measured from one of the plates. If
(αd  1), the capacitance of the system is
"  2 #   2 d2 
Aε0 k αd Aε0 k α d
a. 1+ b. 1+
d 2 d 2
  
Aε0 k Aε0 k αd
c. [1 + αd] d. 1+
d d 2

Solution:(d)

Given, k(x) = k (1 + αx)

Aε0 k
dC =
dx
Since all capacitance are in series, we can apply
Z Z d
1 1 dx
= =
Ceq dC 0 k (1 + αx) 0 A
th
7 Jan (Shift 1, Physics) page: 4
  d
1 ln (1 + αx)
=
Ceq k0 Aα 0

On putting the limits from 0 to d

ln (1 + αd)
=
k0 Aα
x2
Using expression ln (1 + x) = x − + ...
2
And putting x = αd where, x approaches to 0.
" #
1 d (αd)2
= αd −
C k0 Adα 2
 
1 d αd
= 1−
C k0 A 2
 
k0 A αd
C= 1+
d 2

7. The time period of revolution of an electron in its ground state orbit in a hydrogen atom is 1.6 × 10−16 s. The
frequency of the electron in its first excited state (in s−1 ) is :

a. 7.8 × 1014 b. 7.8 × 1016

c. 3.7 × 1014 d. 3.7 × 1016

Solution:(a)
n3
Time period is proportional to .
Z2
Let T1 be the time period in ground state and T2 be the time period in it’s first excited state.

n3
T1 =
22
(Where, n = excitation level and 2 is atomic no.)
 3
T1 n1
=
T2 n2
Given,
T1 = 1.6 × 10−16 s

So,  3
1.6 × 10−16 1
=
T2 2
T2 = 12.8 × 10−16 s
1
Frequency is given by f =
T
1
f= × 1016 Hz
12.8

7th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) page: 5

 f = 7.8128 × 1014 Hz

8. The current (i1 ) (in A) flowing through 1 Ω resistor in the following circuit is

a. 0.20 A b. 0.30 A

c. 0.50 A d. 0.25 A

Solution:(a)

1
Net resistance across CD = Ω
2
1 5
Net resistance across BE = 2 + = Ω
2 2
5
× 2 10
Net resistance across BE = 25 = Ω.
2
+ 2 9
V 9
Total current in circuit = = A
R 10
In the given circuit,voltage across BE = voltage across BF = 1 V
VBE 2
Current across BE = = A
R 5
2
Current across CD and DE will be same which is A.
5
1 2 1
Now, current across any 1 Ω resistor will be same and given by = I = × = = 0.20 A
2 5 5

9. A rocket of mass m is launched vertically upward with an initial speed u from the surface of the earth. After it
reaches height R( R = radius of earth), it ejects a satellite of mass m/10 so that subsequently the satellite moves
in a circular orbit. The kinetic energy of the satellite is (G = gravitational constant; M is the mass of earth)
" r #2 " r #2
3m 5GM m 2GM
a. u+ b. u−
8 6R 20 3R
   
2 119 GM m 2 113 GM
c. 5m u − d. u +
200 R 20 200 R

7th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) page: 6

 Solution:(c)
As we know,

T.Eground = T.ER
   
1 2 −GM m 1 2 −GM m
mu + = mv +
2 R 2 2R
 
1 2 1 −GM m
mv = mu2 +
2 2 2R
 
−GM m
v 2 = u2 + (1)
R
s  
2
−GM m
=⇒ v = u +
R

The rocket splits at height R. Since, sepration of rocket is impulsive therefore conservation of momentum in both
radial and tangential direction can be applied.
r
m 9m GM
VT =
10 10
r 2R
m GM
Vr = m u2 −
10 R
 
1 m 2 2 m GM 2 GM
Kinetic energy of satellite = × (VT + VR ) = 81 + 100u − 100
2 10 20 2R R
 
m 119GM
= 100u2 −
20 2R
 
2 119GM
= 5m u −
200R

10. A long solenoid of radius R carries a time (t) dependent current I(t) = I0 t(1 − t). A ring of radius 2R is placed
coaxially to the middle. During the time instant 0 ≤ t ≤ 1, the induced current (IR ) and the induced EMF (VR )
in the ring changes as

a. Current will change its direction and its emf will be zero at t = 0.25 sec.

b. Current will not change its direction and its emf will be maximum at t = 0.5 sec.

c. Current will not change direction and emf will be zero at t = 0.25 sec.

d. Current will change its direction and its emf will be zero at t = 0.5 sec.

Solution:(d)

7th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) page: 7

 Field due to solenoid near the middle = µo N I

F lux, φ = BA where(A = π(R)2 )

= µo N Io t(1 − t)πR2
dφ
E=− [By Lenz’s law]
dt
d
E = − (µo N Io t(1 − t)2 )
dt
d
E = −µo N Io πR2 [t(1 − t)]
dt
2
E = −πµo Io N R (1 − 2t)

Current will change its direction when EMF will be zero

=⇒ (1 − 2t) = 0

So, t = 0.5 sec

11. The radius of gyration of a uniform rod of length l about an axis passing through a point l/4 away from the center
of the rod and perpendicular to its axis is
r r
7 5
a. l b. l
48 48
r r
7 19
c. l d. l
24 24
Solution:(a)

7th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) page: 8

 Moment of inertia of rod about axis perpendicular to it passing through its centre is given by

 2
M l2 l
I= +M
12 4
2 2
3M l + 4M l
=
48
7M l2
=
48

Now, comparing with I = M k 2 where k is the radius of gyration

r
7l2
k=
r48
7
k=l
48

Cp Cp
12. Two moles of an ideal gas with = 5/3 are mixed with 3 moles of another ideal gas with = 4/3. The
Cv Cv
Cp
value of for the mixture is
Cv

a. 1.38 b. 1.42

c. 1.50 d. 1.70

Solution:(b)

Cp 5
For first gas having γ = =
Cv 3
Rγ
Using formula Cp =
γ−1
R
Cv =
γ−1
5R 3R
Cp = Cv =
2 2
Cp 4
Similarly for 2nd gas having γ = =
Cv 3
Cp = 4R Cv = 3R

7th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) page: 9

 n1 C p 1 + n2 C p 2
Now γ of mixture =
n1 Cv1 + n2 Cv2
Given that n1 = 2 and n2 = 3
5R
2× 2
+ 3 × 4R 17
γ= 3R
= = 1.42
2× 2
+ 3 × 3R 12

13. 1 liter dry air at STP expands adiabatically to a volume of 3L. If γ = 1.4, the work done by air is (31.4 = 4.655)
(take air to be an ideal gas)

a. 100.8 J b. 90.5 J

c. 45 J d. 18 J

Solution:(b)
Given, P1 = 1 atm, T1 = 273 K (At STP)
In adiabatic process,

P1 V1γ = P2 V2γ
 γ
V1
P2 = P1
V2
 1.4
1
P2 = 1 ×
3
P2 = 0.2164 atm

Work done in adiabatic process is given by

P1 V 1 − P2 V 2
W =
γ−1
1 × 1 − 3 × .2164
W = × 101.325
0.4

Since, 1 atm = 101.325 kP a and 1 Liter = 10−3 m3

W = 89.87 J

~ = 3 × 10−8 sin(ωt − kx + φ)ĵ then appropriate equation for electric field(E)

14. Given magnetic field equation is B ~
will be

a. 20 × 10−9 sin(ωt − kx + φ)k̂ b. 9 sin(ωt − kx + φ)k̂

c. 16 × 10−9 sin(ωt − kx + φ)k̂ d. 3 × 10−9 sin(ωt − kx + φ)k̂

Solution:(b)

7th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) page: 10

 We know that,

 
 E0 
 =c
 B0 
B0 = 3 × 10−8
=⇒ E0 = B0 × c = 3 × 10−8 × 3 × 108
= 9 N/C
∴ E = Eo sin(ωt − kx + φ)k̂ = 9 sin(ωt − kx + φ)k̂

15. A polarizer analyzer set is adjusted such that the intensity of light coming out of the analyzer is just 10 % of
the original intensity. Assuming that the polarizer analyzer set does not absorb any light, the angle by which the
analyzer needs to be rotated further to reduce the output intensity to be zero is

a. 45o b. 71.6o

c. 90o d. 18.40

Solution:(d)

Intensity after polarisation through polaroid = Io cos2 φ

So, 0.1Io = Io cos2 φ
√
⇒ cosφ = 0.1
⇒ cosφ = 0.316

Since, cos φ < cos 45o therefore, φ > 45o If the light is passing at 90o from the plane of polaroid, than its intensity
will be zero.
Then, θ = 90o − φ therfore, θ will be less than 45o . So, the only option matching is option d which is 18.4o

16. Speed of transverse wave of a straight wire having mass 6.0 g, length 60 cm and area of cross-section 1.0 mm2
is 90 m/s. If the Young’s modulus of wire is 1.6 × 1011 N m−2 , the extension of wire over its natural length is

a. 0.3 mm b. 0.2 mm

c. 0.1 mm d. 0.4 mm

Solution:(a)
Given, M = 6 grams = 6 × 10−3 kg

L = 60 cm = 0.6 m
A = 1 mm2 = 1 × 10−6 m2
T
Using the relation, v 2 =
µ
M
⇒ T = µv 2 = V 2 ×
L

7th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) page: 11

 stress
As Young’s modulus, Y =
strain
Stress T
Strain = =
Y AY
∆L V 2M M
Strain = = L
=V2
L AY AY L
V 2M
⇒ ∆L =
AY
8100 × 6 × 10−3
∆L =
1 × 10−6 × 1.6 × 1011
∆L = 0.3 mm

17. Two infinite planes each with uniform surface charge density +σ C/m2 are kept in such a way that the angle
between them is 30o . The electric field in the region shown between them is given by:

" √ #
σ 3 1
a. (1 − )ŷ − x̂
20 2 2
" √ #
σ 3 1
b. (1 + )ŷ − x̂
20 2 2
" √ #
σ 3 1
c. (1 − )ŷ + x̂
20 2 2
" √ #
σ 3 1
d. (1 + )ŷ + x̂
20 2 2

Solution:(a)

σ h i h i
Field due to single plate = = E~1 = E~2
2o
Net electric field E = E1 + E~2
~ ~
σ σ σ
= cos 300 (−ĵ) + sin 300 (−î) + (ĵ)
20 20 20
√ !
σ 3 σ
= 1− (ĵ) − (î)
20 2 40
" √ ! #
σ 3 1
= 1− ŷ − x̂
20 2 2

7th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) page: 12

18. If we need a magnification of 375 from a compound microscope of tube length 150 mm and an objective lens of
focal length 5 cm, the focal length of the eye-piece should be close to:

a. 12 mm b. 33 mm

c. 2 mm d. 7 mm

Solution:(c)
Magnification of compound microscope for least distance of distinct vision setting(strained eye)
 
L D
M= 1+
f0 fe

where L is the tube length

f0 is the focal length of objective
D is the least distance of distinct vision = 25 cm

150 × 10−3 25 × 10−2

 
i.e. 375 = 1+
5 × 10−2 fe
−2
25 × 10
i.e. 125 = 1 +
fe
−2
25 × 10
i.e. = 125
fe
∴ fe ≈ 2 × 10−3 m = 2 mm

19. Visible light of wavelength 6000 × 10−8 cm falls normally on a single slit and produces a diffraction pattern. It is
found that the second diffraction minima is at 60o from the central maxima. If the first minimum is produced at
θ, then θ is close to

a. 25o b. 45o

c. 20o d. 35o

Solution:(a)
For single slit diffraction experiment:
Angle of minima are given by

nλ
sin θn = (sin θn 6= θn as θ is large )
d √
◦ 3 2λ 2 × 6000 × 10−10
sin θ2 = sin 60 = = = (1)
2 d d
−10
λ 6000 × 10
sin θ1 = = (2)
d d
Dividing (1) and (2)

7th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) page: 13

 √ √
3 3
=⇒ = 2 =⇒ sinθ1 = = 0.43
2sinθ1 4

As, the value is coming less than 30o the only available option are 20o and 25o but by using approximation we
get θ1 = 25◦

20. Consider a coil of wire carrying current I, forming a magnetic dipole placed in an infinite plane. If φi is the
magnitude of magnatic flux through the inner region and φo is magnitude of magnetic flux through outer region
then which of the following is correct?

a. φi = −φo b. φi > φo

c. φi < φo d. φi = φo

Solution:(a)

As magnetic field line of ring will form close loop therefore all outgoing from circular hole passing through the
infinite plate.
∴ φ1 = −φ0 (because the magnetic field lines going inside is equal to the magnetic field lines coming out.)

21. A particle of mass 1 kg slides down a frictionless track AOC starting from rest at A(height 2 m). After reaching
C particle continues to move freely in air as a projectile. When it reaches its highest point P(h=1 m) the kinetic
energy of the particle (in J) is (take g= 10 m/s2 )
Solution:(10)

7th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) page: 14

 As the particle starts from rest the total energy at point A = mgh = T.EA ( where h = 2 m)
After reaching point P

T.Ec = K.E. + mgh

By conservation of energy
T.EA = T.Ep
=⇒ K.E. = mgh = 10 J

22. A carnot engine operates between two reservoirs of temperature 900 K and 300 K. The engine performs 1200
J of work per cycle. The heat energy in(J) delivered by the engine to the low temperature reservoir in a cycle is

Solution:(600 J)

T2 300 2
η =1− =1− =
T1 900 3
Given, W = 1200 J
From conservation of energy
Q1 − Q2 = W
Q1 − Q2 W
η= = =⇒ Q1 = 1800 J
Q1 Q1
⇒ Q2 = Q1 − W = 600 J

23. A loop ABCDEF A of straight edges has a six corner points A(0,0,0), B(5,0,0), C(5,5,0), D(0,5,0), E(0,5,5),
~ = (3î + 4k̂) T . The quantity of the flux through the loop
F(0,0,5). The magnetic field in this region is B
ABCDEF A (in W b) is
Solution:(175)

7th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) page: 15

 ~ ·A
As we know, magnetic flux = B ~

=⇒ (Bx + Bz ) · (Ax + Az )
=⇒ (3î + 4k̂) · (25î + 25k̂)
=⇒ (75 + 100) W b
=⇒ 175 W b

24. A beam of electromagnetic radiation of intensity 6.4× 10−5 W/cm2 is comprised of wavelength, λ = 310 nm.
It falls normally on a metal (work function 2 eV ) of surface area 1 cm2 . If one in 103 photons ejects an electron,
total number of electrons ejected in 1s is 10x (hc = 1240 eV − nm, 1 eV = 1.6 × 10−19 J), then the value of x
is
Solution:(11)

P = Intensity × Area
= 6.4 × 10−5 W − cm−2 × 1 cm2
= 6.4 × 10−5 W

For photoelectric effect to take place, energy should be greater than work function
Now,
1240
E= = 4 eV > 2 eV
310
Therefore, photoelectric effect takes place
Here n is the number of photons emitted.

n×E =I ×A
IA 6.4 × 10−5
=⇒ n = = = 1014
E 6.4 × 10−19

Where, n is number of incident photon

Since, 1 out of every 1000 photons are sucessfull in ejecting 1 photoelectron

7th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) page: 16

 Therefore, the number of photoelectrons emitted is

1014
=
103

∴ x = 11

25. A non- isotropic solid metal cube has coefficient of linear expansion as 5 × 10−5 /◦ C along the x-axis and
5 × 10−6 /◦ C along y-axis and z-axis. If the coefficient of volumetric expansion of the solid is n × 10−6 /◦ C then
the value of n is
Solution:(60)
We know that, V = xyz

∆v ∆x ∆y ∆z
= + +
v x y ∆z
1 ∆v 1 ∆x 1 ∆y 1 ∆z
= + +
T v T x T y T z
y = αn + αy + αz
y = 50 × 10−6 /◦ C + 5 × 10−6 /◦ C + 5 × 10−6 /◦ C
y = 60 × 10−6 /◦ C
∴ n = 60

7th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) page: 17

 JEE Main 2020 Paper
Date: 7th January 2020

Time: 09:30 am – 12:30 pm

Subject: Chemistry

1. The relative strength of inter-ionic/ intermolecular forces in the decreasing order is:
a) ion-dipole > dipole-dipole > ion-ion b) dipole-dipole > ion-dipole > ion-ion
c) ion-ion > ion-dipole > dipole-dipole d) ion-dipole > ion-ion > dipole-dipole

Answer: c

Solution:

Ion-ion interactions are stronger because they have stronger electrostatic forces of attraction
whereas dipoles have partial charges and hence the electrostatic forces in their case would be
relatively weak.

2. The oxidation number of K in K2O, K2O2 and KO2 respectively is:

a) +0.5, +4, +1 b) +2, +1, +0.5
c) +1, +1, +1 d) +0.5, +1, +2

Answer: c

Solution:

Alkali metals always possess a +1 oxidation state, whereas oxygen present in K2O (oxide) is -2, and
1
in K2O2 (peroxide) is -1 and in KO2 (superoxide) is - 2 .

3. At 35 °C the vapour pressure of CS2 is 512 mm of Hg and that of acetone is 344 mm of Hg. A
solution of CS2 in acetone has a total vapour pressure of 600 mm of Hg. The false statement
among the following is:
a) CS2 and acetone are less attracted to each other than themselves.
b) Heat must be absorbed in order to produce the solution at 35 °C
c) Raoult’s law is not obeyed by this system
d) A mixture of 100 mL CS2 and 100 mL acetone has a volume less than 200 mL

Answer: d

Solution:
PTotal = PT = PAo X A + PBo X B

The maximum value XA can hold is 1, and hence the maximum value of PT should come out to be 512
mm of Hg, which is less than the value of PT observed (600 mm of Hg). Therefore, positive deviation
from Raoult’s law is observed. This implies that A-A interactions and B-B interactions are stronger
than A-B interactions.
As we know, for a system not obeying Raoult’s law and showing positive deviation,
ΔVmix>0, ΔHmix>0

7th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 1

4. The atomic radius of Ag is closest to:
a) Ni b) Cu
c) Au d) Hg

Answer: c

Solution:
Because of Lanthanide contraction, an increase in Zeff is observed and so, the size of Au instead of
being greater, as is expected, turns out to be similar to that of Ag.

5. The dipole moments of CCl4, CHCl3 and CH4 are in the order:
a) CH4 > CCl4 > CHCl3 b) CHCl3 > CCl4 > CH4
c) CHCl3 > CCl4 = CH4 d) CCl4 = CH4 > CHCl3

Answer: c

Solution:
All the three compounds possess a tetrahedral geometry. In both CCl4 and CH4, µnet=0, whereas in
CHCl3, µnet > 0.

6. In comparison to the zeolite process for the removal of permanent hardness, the synthetic
resins method is:
a) Less efficient as it exchanges only anions
b) More efficient as it can exchanges only cations
c) Less efficient as the resins cannot be generated
d) More efficient as it can exchange both cations and anions

Answer: d

7. Amongst the following statements, which was not proposed by Dalton:

a) Matter consists of indivisible atoms
b) When gases combine or react in a chemical reaction, they do so in a simple ratio by volume
provided all gases are maintained at the same temperature and pressure
c) Chemical reactions involve reorganisation of atoms
d) Atoms are neither created nor destroyed in a chemical reaction

Answer: b

Solution:

When gases combine or react in a chemical reaction they do so in a simple ratio by volume provided
all gases are maintained at the same temperature and pressure - Gay-Lussac’s law.

7th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 2

8. The increasing order of pKb for the following compounds will be:

a) i > ii > iii b) iii > ii > i

c) ii > i > iii d) i < iii < ii

Answer: b

Solution:
Weaker the conjugate acid, stronger the base. (i) is the most basic as it has a guanidine like
structure. It has a high tendency of accepting a proton, giving rise to a very stable conjugate acid
and hence, is a very strong base.

In compound (iii), the N is sp2 hybridised and its electronegativity is higher as compared to the
compound (ii) which is a 20 amine (sp3 hybridised). So compound (ii) is more basic compared to
compound (iii).

So the order of basicity is i > ii > iii and thus the order of pK b value will be iii > ii > i

9. What is the product of the following reaction?

a)
b)

d)
c)

Answer: a

7th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 3

Solution:

10. The number of orbitals associated with quantum number n=5, ms=+½ is:
a) 50 b) 16
c) 25 d) 30

Answer: c

Solution:
n = 5; l = (n – 1) = 4; hence the possible sub-shells for n=5 are: 5s, 5p, 5d, 5f and 5g.

The number of orbitals in each would be 1,3,5,7 and 9, respectively and summing them up gives the
answer as 25.

11. The purest form of commercial iron is:

a) Cast iron b) Wrought iron
c) Pig iron d) None of these

Answer: b

12. The theory that can completely/ properly explain the nature of bonding in [Ni(CO)4 ] is:
a) Werner’s theory b) Crystal Field Theory
c) Molecular Orbital Theory d) Valence Bond Theory

Answer: c

13. The IUPAC name of the complex [Pt(NH3)2Cl(NH2CH3)]Cl is:

a) Diamminechloridomethylamineplatinum(II) chloride
b) Chloridomethanaminediammineplatinum(II) chloride
c) Diamminechloridomethylamineplatinate(II) chloride
d) None of these

Answer: a

7th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 4

14.

a) b)

c) d)

Answer: a

Solution:

15. Consider the following reaction:

The product X is used:

a) In protein estimation as an alternative to Ninhydrin

b) As a food grade colourant
c) In laboratory test for phenols
d) In acid-base titration as an indicator

Answer: d

Solution:

X formed is methyl orange.

7th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 5

16. Match:

List I List II
i) Riboflavin p) Beri beri
ii) Thiamine q) Scurvy
iii) Ascorbic acid r) Cheilosis
iv) Pyridoxine s) Convulsions

i ii iii iv
a) s q p r
b) r p q s
c) p r q s
d) s r q p

Answer: b

Solution:
Vitamins Deficiency diseases
i) Riboflavin (Vitamin B2) Cheilosis
ii) Thiamine (Vitamin B1) Beri beri
iii) Ascorbic acid (Vitamin C) Scurvy
iv) Pyridoxine (Vitamin B6) Convulsions

17. Given that the standard potential; E° of Cu2+|Cu and Cu+|Cu are 0.340 V and 0.522 V
respectively. The E° of Cu2+|Cu+ is:

a) 0.158 V b) -0.158 V
c) 0.182 V d) -0.182 V

Answer: a

Solution:
Cu2+ + 2e- ⇾ Cu E° = 0.340 V

Cu ⇾ Cu+ + e- E°= -0.522 V

__________________

Cu2+ + e- ⇾ Cu+ E°=?

__________________

Applying ΔG= -nFE°

We get,

(-1 x F x E°) = (-2 x F x 0.340) + (-1 x F x -0.522)

7th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 6

Solving, we get, E°= 0.158 V

18. A solution of m-chloroaniline, m-chlorophenol, m-chlorobenzoic acid in ethyl acetate was

extracted initially with a saturated solution of NaHCO3 to give fraction A, the leftover organic phase
was extracted with dil. NaOH to give fraction B. The final organic layer was labelled as fraction C.
Fractions A, B and C contains respectively:

a) m-chlorobenzoic acid, m-chlorophenol and m-chloroaniline

b) m-chlorophenol, m-chlorobenzoic acid and m-chloroaniline
c) m-chloroaniline, m-chlorophenol and m-chlorobenzoic acid
d) m-chlorobenzoic acid, m-chloroaniline and m-chlorophenol

Answer: a

Solution:
m-chlorobenzoic acid being the most acidic can be separated by a weak base like NaHCO3 and hence
will be labelled fraction A.

m-chlorophenol is not as acidic as m-chlorobenzoic acid, and can be separated by a stronger base
like NaOH, and hence can be labelled as fraction B.

m-chloroaniline being a base, does not react with either of the bases and hence would be labelled as
fraction C.

19. The electron gain enthalpy in kJ/mol of F, Cl, Br, and I respectively are:

a) -295, -324, -348, -333

b) -348, -324, -333, -295
c) -333, -348, -324, -295
d) -348, -333, -295, -324

Answer: c

Solution:
Cl > F > Br > I

20. Consider the following reactions:

a) b)

c)
d)
Which of these reactions will not produce Saytzeff product?

Answer: c

7th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 7

Solution:

21. Two solutions A and B each of 100 L was made by dissolving 4 g of NaOH and 9.8 g of H2SO4 in
water respectively. The pH of the resulting solution obtained by mixing 40 L of Sol A and 10 L of Sol
B is:

Answer: 10.6

Solution:
Molarity of NaOH (4 g in 100 L) = 10-3 M

Molarity of H2SO4 (9.8 g in 100 L) = 10-3 M

Equivalents of NaOH= M x V x nf = 10-3 x 40 x 1= 0.04

Equivalents of H2SO4= M x V x nf = 10-3 x 10 x 2= 0.02

MNaOH.VNaOH. (nf)NaOH – MH2SO4. VH2SO4. (nf)H2SO4= M. Vtotal

10-3 x 40 x 1 - 10-3 x 10 x 2 = M. 50

M= 4 x 10-4

pOH= -log M

=4 – 2log2

=3.4

pH= 14 -3.4 = 10.6

22. During the nuclear explosion, one of the products 90Sr was absorbed in the bones of a newly
born baby in place of Ca. How much time in years is required to reduce it by 90% if it is not lost
metabolically? (t1/2 = 6.93 years)

Answer: 23.03

Solution:
All nuclear processes follow first order kinetics, and hence
0.693
t1/2 = λ

7th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 8

λ = 0.1 (year)-1
2.303 a
t= λ
log ( a0 )
t

2.303 a0
t= 0.1
log(0.1a )
0

On solving, t = 23.03 years

23. Chlorine reacts with hot and conc. NaOH and produces compounds X and Y. Compound X gives a
white precipitate with AgNO3 soln. The average bond order between Cl and O atoms in Y is?

Answer: 1.67

Solution:

Total no of bonds 5
Bond order = = =1.67
Total resonating structures 3

24. The number of chiral carbons in chloramphenicol is:

Answer: 2

Solution:

7th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 9

25. The reaction A(l) →2B(g)

∆U= 2.1 kcal, ∆S= 20 cal/K at 300 K, find ∆G in kcal.

Answer: -2.7

Solution:
∆H= ∆U + ∆ngRT

∆H= 2100 + (2 x 2 x 300) (R = 2calK-1mol-1)

= 3300 cal

∆G= ∆H - T∆S

∆G= 3300 – (300 x 20) = -2700 cal = -2.7 kcal

7th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 10

 JEE Main 2020 Paper

Date: 7th January 2020 (Shift 1)

Time: 9:30 A.M. to 12:30 P.M.
Subject: Mathematics

1. The area of the region enclosed by the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 2 which is not common to the region
bounded by the parabola 𝑦 2 = 𝑥 and the straight line 𝑦 = 𝑥, is
1 1
a. (24𝜋 − 1) b. (12𝜋 − 1)
12 6
1 1
c. (6𝜋 − 1) d. (12𝜋 − 1)
12 12

Answer: (b)
Solution:
Required area = area of the circle – area bounded by given line and parabola

1
Required area = 𝜋𝑟 2 − ∫0 (𝑦 − 𝑦 2 ) 𝑑𝑦

1
𝑦2 𝑦3 1
Area = 2𝜋 − ( − ) = 2𝜋 − sq. units
2 3 0 6

5
2. If 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 − 1 and (𝑔𝑜𝑓)(𝑥) = 4𝑥 2 − 10𝑥 + 5, then 𝑓 (4) is
1 1
a. b. −
2 2
1 1
c. − 3 d. 3

Answer: (b)
Solution:
𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 − 1

7th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 1

 𝑔𝑜𝑓(𝑥) = 4𝑥 2 − 10𝑥 + 5
𝑔(𝑓(𝑥)) = 4𝑥 2 − 10𝑥 + 5
𝑓 2 (𝑥) + 𝑓(𝑥) − 1 = 4𝑥 2 − 10𝑥 + 5
5 5
Putting 𝑥 = 4 & 𝑓 (4) = 𝑡
1
𝑡2 + 𝑡 + =0
4
1
𝑡=−
2
5 1
𝑓( ) = −
4 2

𝑑𝑦
3. If 𝑦 = 𝑦(𝑥) is the solution of the differential equation 𝑒 𝑦 (𝑑𝑥 − 1) = 𝑒 𝑥 such that 𝑦(0) = 0, then
𝑦(1) is equal to
a. ln 2 b. 2 + ln 2
c. 1 + ln 2 d. 3 + ln 2
Answer: (c)
Solution:
𝑒 𝑦 (𝑦 ′ − 1) = 𝑒 𝑥
𝑑𝑦
⇒ = 𝑒 𝑥−𝑦 + 1
𝑑𝑥
Let 𝑥 − 𝑦 = 𝑡
𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑡
1 − 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑑𝑥
So, we can write
𝑑𝑡
⇒1− = 𝑒𝑡 + 1
𝑑𝑥
⇒ −𝑒 −𝑡 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑑𝑥
⇒ 𝑒 −𝑡 = 𝑥 + 𝑐
⇒ 𝑒 𝑦−𝑥 = 𝑥 + 𝑐
1 =0+𝑐
⇒ 𝑒 𝑦−𝑥 = 𝑥 + 1
at 𝑥 = 1
⇒ 𝑒 𝑦−1 = 2
⇒ 𝑦 = 1 + ln 2

4. If 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 4 is a tangent to both the parabolas, 𝑦 2 = 4𝑥 and 𝑥 2 = 2𝑏𝑦, then 𝑏 is equal to

a. −64 b. −32
c. −128 d. 16

Answer: (c)

7th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 2

 Solution:
𝑎
Any tangent to the parabola 𝑦 2 = 4𝑥 is 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑚
1 1
Comparing it with 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 4, we get =4⇒𝑚=
𝑚 4
𝑥
Equation of tangent becomes 𝑦 = 4 + 4
𝑥
𝑦 = + 4 is a tangent to 𝑥 2 = 2𝑏𝑦
4
2 𝑥
⇒ 𝑥 = 2𝑏 (4 + 4)
Or 2𝑥 2 − 𝑏𝑥 − 16𝑏 = 0,

𝐷=0
𝑏 2 + 128𝑏 = 0,
⇒ 𝑏 = 0 (not possible),
𝑏 = −128

5. If 𝛼 and 𝛽 are two real roots of the equation (𝑘 + 1) tan2 𝑥 − √2 𝜆 tan 𝑥 = 1 − 𝑘, where (𝑘 ≠ 1)
and 𝜆 are real numbers. If tan2 (𝛼 + 𝛽) = 50, then value of 𝜆 is
a. 10 b. 5
c. 7 d. 12
Answer: (a)
Solution:
(𝑘 + 1) tan2 𝑥 − √2𝜆 tan 𝑥 = 1 − 𝑘
tan2 (𝛼 + 𝛽) = 50
Now,
√2𝜆 𝑘−1
tan 𝛼 + tan 𝛽 = , tan 𝛼 tan 𝛽 =
𝑘+1 𝑘+1
2
√2𝜆
⇒( 𝑘 + 1 ) = 50
𝑘−1
1−
𝑘+1
2𝜆2
⇒ = 50
4
⇒ 𝜆2 = 100
⇒ 𝜆 = 10

6. If the distance between the foci of an ellipse is 6 and the distance between its directrices is 12, then
the length of its latus rectum is
a. 4 b. 3√2
c. 9 d. 2√2

7th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 3

 Answer: (b)
Solution:
𝑥2 𝑦2
Let the equation of ellipse be 𝑎2 + 𝑏2 = 1 (𝑎 > 𝑏)
2𝑎
Now 2𝑎𝑒 = 6 & 𝑒
= 12
𝑎
⟹ 𝑎𝑒 = 3 & =6
𝑒
⟹ 𝑎2 = 18
⟹ 𝑎2 𝑒 2 = 𝑐 2 = 𝑎2 − 𝑏 2 = 9
⟹ 𝑏2 = 9
2𝑏2 2×9
Length of latus rectum = 𝑎
= = 3√2
√18

7. The logical statement (𝑝 → 𝑞) ∧ (𝑞 →∼ 𝑝) is equivalent to

a. ∼ 𝑝 b. 𝑝
c. 𝑝 ∧ 𝑞 d. 𝑝 ∨ 𝑞
Answer: (a)
Solution:

𝒑 𝒒 𝒑→𝒒 ∼𝒑 𝒒 →∼ 𝒑 (𝒑 → 𝒒) ∧ (𝒒 →∼ 𝒑)
T T T F F F
T F F F T F
F T T T T T
F F T T T T

Clearly (𝑝 → 𝑞) ∧ (𝑞 →∼ 𝑝) is equivalent to ∼ 𝑝

8. If the system of equations

2𝑥 + 2𝑎𝑦 + 𝑎𝑧 = 0
2𝑥 + 3𝑏𝑦 + 𝑏𝑧 = 0
2𝑥 + 4𝑐𝑦 + 𝑐𝑧 = 0,
where 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 ∈ 𝐑 are non-zero and distinct, has non zero solution then
a. 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 = 0 b. 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 are in A.P
1 1 1 d. 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 are in G.P
c. , , are in A.P
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
Answer: (c)
Solution:

7th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 4

 2 2𝑎 𝑎
|2 3𝑏 𝑏| = 0
2 4𝑐 𝑐
𝑅2 → 𝑅2 − 𝑅1 , 𝑅3 → 𝑅3 − 𝑅1
2 2𝑎 𝑎
⇒ |0 3𝑏 − 2𝑎 𝑏 − 𝑎| = 0
0 4𝑐 − 2𝑎 𝑐−𝑎
⇒ (3𝑏 − 2𝑎)(𝑐 − 𝑎) − (4𝑐 − 2𝑎)(𝑏 − 𝑎) = 0
⇒ 3𝑏𝑐 − 2𝑎𝑐 − 3𝑎𝑏 + 2𝑎2 − [4𝑏𝑐 − 4𝑎𝑐 − 2𝑎𝑏 + 2𝑎2 ] = 0
⇒ −𝑏𝑐 + 2𝑎𝑐 − 𝑎𝑏 = 0
⇒ 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏𝑐 = 2𝑎𝑐
1 1 2
⇒ + =
𝑐 𝑎 𝑏
1
9. 5 numbers are in A.P whose sum is 25 and product is 2520. If one of these 5 numbers is − , then the
2
greatest number amongst them is

a.
21 b. 16
2
c. 27 d. 7
Answer: (b)
Solution:
Let 5 numbers be 𝑎 − 2𝑑, 𝑎 − 𝑑, 𝑎, 𝑎 + 𝑑, 𝑎 + 2𝑑
5𝑎 = 25
𝑎=5
(𝑎 − 2𝑑)(𝑎 − 𝑑)𝑎(𝑎 + 𝑑)(𝑎 + 2𝑑) = 2520
(25 − 4𝑑2 )(25 − 𝑑2 ) = 504
4𝑑4 − 125𝑑2 + 121 = 0
4𝑑4 − 4𝑑2 − 121𝑑2 + 121 = 0
121
𝑑2 = 1 𝑜𝑟 𝑑2 = 4
11
𝑑=± 2
11
For 𝑑 = ,𝑎 + 2𝑑 is the greatest term, 𝑎 + 2𝑑 = 5 + 11 = 16
2

1 1 1
1
10. If 𝛼 is a root of the equation 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 + 1 = 0 and 𝐴 = [1 𝛼 𝛼 2 ] then 𝐴31 equal to
√3
1 𝛼2 𝛼
a. 𝐴 b. 𝐴2
c. 𝐴3 d. 𝐴4
Answer: (𝑐)

7th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 5

 Solution:
The roots of equation 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 + 1 = 0 are complex cube roots of unity.
1 1 1
1
𝐴 = √3 [1 𝛼 𝛼2]
1 𝛼2 𝛼
1 1 1 1 1 1
1
𝐴2 = [1 𝛼 𝛼 2 ] [1 𝛼 𝛼2]
3
1 𝛼2 𝛼 1 𝛼2 𝛼
3 0 0
1
𝐴2 = [0 0 3]
3
0 3 0
1 0 0
𝐴2 = [0 0 1]
0 1 0
1 0 0 1 0 0
𝐴4 = [0 0 1] [ 0 0 1]
0 1 0 0 1 0
1 0 0
𝐴4 = [0 1 0] = 𝐼
0 0 1
𝐴4 = 𝐼
𝐴28 = 𝐼
Therefore, we get
𝐴31 = 𝐴28 𝐴3
𝐴31 = 𝐼𝐴3
𝐴31 = 𝐴3

1
𝑑𝑦 𝑦 3
11. Let 𝑥 𝑘 + 𝑦 𝑘 = 𝑎𝑘 where 𝑎, 𝑘 > 0 and 𝑑𝑥 + (𝑥 ) = 0, then 𝑘 is
1 2
a. b.
3 3
4 d. 2
c. 3

Answer: (b)
Solution:
𝑥 𝑘 + 𝑦 𝑘 = 𝑎𝑘
𝑑𝑦
𝑘𝑥 𝑘−1 + 𝑘𝑦 𝑘−1 =0
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦 𝑥 𝑘−1
⇒ = −( )
𝑑𝑥 𝑦

7th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 6

 𝑑𝑦 𝑦 1−𝑘
⇒ +( ) =0
𝑑𝑥 𝑥
1
⇒1−𝑘 =
3
2
⇒𝑘=
3

𝑧−1
12. If real part of ( ) = 1 where 𝑧 = 𝑥 + 𝑖𝑦, then the point (𝑥, 𝑦) lies on
2𝑧+𝑖
a. straight line with slope 2 b. straight line with slope 2
1

1
c. circle with diameter
√5 d. circle with diameter
2 2

Answer: (c)
Solution:
𝑧 = 𝑥 + 𝑖𝑦
𝑥 + 𝑖𝑦 − 1 (𝑥 − 1) + 𝑖𝑦 2𝑥 − 𝑖(2𝑦 + 1)
= ( )=1
2𝑥 + 2𝑖𝑦 + 𝑖 2𝑥 + 𝑖(2𝑦 + 1) 2𝑥 − 𝑖(2𝑦 + 1)
2𝑥(𝑥 − 1) + 𝑦(2𝑦 + 1)
=1
4𝑥 2 + (2𝑦 + 1)2
2𝑥 2 + 2𝑦 2 − 2𝑥 + 𝑦 = 4𝑥 2 + 4𝑦 2 + 4𝑦 + 1
3 1
𝑥2 + 𝑦2 + 𝑥 + 𝑦 + = 0
2 2
1 3
Circle’s centre will be (− 2 , − 4 )
1 9 1 √5
Radius = √ + − =
4 16 2 4
√5
Diameter= 2

2(tan 𝛼+cot 𝛼) 1 3𝜋 𝑑𝑦 5𝜋
13. If 𝑦(𝛼) = √ + sin2 𝛼 where 𝛼 ∈ ( 4 , 𝜋) then find 𝑑𝛼 at 𝛼 =
1+tan2 𝛼 6

a. 4 b. 2
c. 3 d. −4
Answer: (a)
Solution:

tan 𝛼 + cot 𝛼 1
𝑦(𝛼) = √2 2
+ 2
1 + tan 𝛼 sin 𝛼

7th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 7

 1 1
𝑦(𝛼) = √2 +
1 sin2 𝛼
sin 𝛼 cos 𝛼 ×
cos 2 𝛼

𝑦(𝛼) = √2 cot 𝛼 + cosec 2 𝛼

𝑦(𝛼) = √(1 + cot 𝛼)2
𝑦(𝛼) = −1 − cot 𝛼
𝑑𝑦
= 0 + cosec 2 𝛼| 5𝜋
𝑑𝛼 𝛼=
6
𝑑𝑦 5𝜋
= cosec 2
𝑑𝛼 6
𝑑𝑦
=4
𝑑𝛼

14. Find the greatest integer 𝑘 for which 49𝑘 + 1 is a factor of the given sum
49125 + 49124 + ⋯ + 492 + 49 + 1
a. 63 b. 65
c. 32 d. 60
Answer: (a)
Solution:
49126 − 1
1 + 49 + 492 + ⋯ + 49125 =
49 − 1
(4963 + 1)(4963 − 1)
=
48
(4963 + 1)((1 + 48)63 − 1)
=
48
(4963 +1)(1+48𝐼−1)
= ; Where I is an integer
48
=(4963 + 1)𝐼

Greatest positive integer is 𝑘 = 63

3
15. If 𝐴(1,1), 𝐵(6,5), 𝐶 ( , 2) are the vertices of ∆𝐴𝐵𝐶. A point 𝑃 is such that area of ∆𝑃𝐴𝐵, ∆𝑃𝐴𝐶 and
2
7 1
∆𝑃𝐵𝐶 are equal, then find the length of the line the segment 𝑃𝑄, where 𝑄 is the point (− 6 , − 3)

a. 2 b. 3
c. 4 d. 5
Answer: (d)
Solution:

7th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 8

 3
1+6+ 1+5+2
2
𝑃 is the centroid which is ≡ ( , )
3 3
17 8
𝑃 = ( 6 , 3)
7 1
𝑄 = (− 6 , − 3)
𝑃𝑄 = √(4)2 + (3)2 = 5

16. If 𝑎⃗ = 𝛼𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ + 𝛽𝑘̂ lies in plane of 𝑏⃗⃗ and 𝑐⃗ where ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑏 = 𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ and 𝑐⃗ = 𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 4𝑘̂ and 𝑎⃗ bisects the
angle between 𝑏⃗⃗ and 𝑐⃗, then
a. 𝑎⃗. 𝑘̂ + 2 = 0 b. 𝑎⃗. 𝑘̂ + 4 = 0
c. 𝑎⃗. 𝑘̂ − 2 = 0 d. 𝑎⃗. 𝑘̂ + 5 = 0
Answer:
Solution:

More data needed to solve the question.

17. If 𝑓(𝑥) is continuous and differentiable in 𝑥 ∈ [−7,0] and 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) ≤ 2 ∀ 𝑥 ∈ [−7,0], also 𝑓(−7) = −3
then the range of 𝑓(−1) + 𝑓(0) is
a. [−5, −7] b. (−∞, 6]

c. (−∞, 20] d. [−5, 3]

Answer: (c)
Solution:
𝑓(−7) = −3 and 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) ≤ 2
Applying LMVT in [−7,0], we get
𝑓(−7) − 𝑓(0)
= 𝑓 ′ (𝑐) ≤ 2
−7
−3 − 𝑓(0)
≤2
−7
𝑓(0) + 3 ≤ 14
𝑓(0) ≤ 11
Applying LMVT in [−7, −1], we get
𝑓(−7) − 𝑓(−1)
= 𝑓 ′ (𝑐) ≤ 2
−7 + 1

7th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 9

 −3 − 𝑓(−1)
≤2
−6
𝑓(−1) + 3 ≤ 12
𝑓(−1) ≤ 9
Therefore, 𝑓(−1) + 𝑓(0) ≤ 20

18. Find the image of the point (2,1,6) in the plane containing the points (2,1,0), (6,3,3) and (5,2,2)
a. (6, 5, −2) b. (6, −5, 2)
c. (2, −3, 4) d. (2, −5, 6)
Answer: (a)
Solution:
Points 𝐴(2,1,0), 𝐵(6,3,3) 𝐶(5,2,2)
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ = (4,2,3)
𝐴𝐵
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ = (3,1,2)
𝐴𝐶
𝑛⃗⃗ = ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝐴𝐵 × ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝐴𝐶 = (1,1, −2)
Equation of the plane is 𝑥 + 𝑦 − 2𝑧 = 3. . . . (1)
Let the image of point (2,1,6) is (𝑙, 𝑚, 𝑛)
𝑙−2 𝑚−1 𝑛−6 −2(−12)
1
= 1
= −2
= 6
=4
⇒ 𝑙 = 6, 𝑚 = 5, 𝑛 = −2
Hence the image of 𝑅 in the plane 𝑃 is (6, 5, −2)

19. If sum of all the coefficients of even powers in

(1 − 𝑥 + 𝑥 2 − 𝑥 3 … . +𝑥 2𝑛 )(1 + 𝑥 + 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 3 … . + 𝑥 2𝑛 ) is 61 then 𝑛 is equal to
a. 30 b. 32
c. 28 d. 36

Answer: (a)
Solution:
Let (1 + 𝑥 + 𝑥 2 + ⋯ + 𝑥 2𝑛 )(1 − 𝑥 + 𝑥 2 + ⋯ + 𝑥 2𝑛 ) = 𝑎𝜊 + 𝑎1 𝑥 + 𝑎2 𝑥 2 + ⋯
Put 𝑥 = 1
2𝑛 + 1 = 𝑎𝜊 + 𝑎1 + 𝑎2 + 𝑎3 + . . . . . . . . . . . . (1)
Put 𝑥 = −1
2𝑛 + 1 = 𝑎𝜊 − 𝑎1 + 𝑎2 − 𝑎3 +. . . . . . . . . . . . . (2)
Add (1) and (2)
2(2𝑛 + 1) = 2(𝑎𝜊 + 𝑎2 + 𝑎4 + . . . . . . . . . . .
2𝑛 + 1 = 61
𝑛 = 30

7th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 10

20. An unbiased coin is tossed 5 times. Suppose that a variable 𝑋 is assigned the value 𝑘 when 𝑘
consecutive heads are obtained for 𝑘 = 3, 4, 5, otherwise 𝑋 takes the value −1. The expected value
of 𝑋 is
1 1
a. 8
b. − 8
3 3
c. 8
d. − 8
Answer: (a)
Solution:
𝑘 = no. of consecutive heads
5
𝑃(𝑘 = 3) = 32
(HHHTH, HHHTT, THHHT, HTHHH, TTHHH)
2
𝑃(𝑘 = 4) = 32
(HHHHT, HHHHT)
1
𝑃(𝑘 = 5) = 32
(HHHHH)
5 2 1 24
𝑃(3̅ ∩ 4̅ ∩ 5̅) = 1 − (32 + 32 + 32) = 32
24 5 2 1 1
∑ 𝑋𝑃(𝑋) = (−1 × )+ (3 × 32) + (4 × 32) + (5 × 32) = 8
32

1 𝑏
21. Given 𝑓(𝑎 + 𝑏 + 1 − 𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑥) ∀ 𝑥 ∈ 𝐑 then the value of ∫ 𝑥(𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑓(𝑥 + 1)) 𝑑𝑥 is equal to
(𝑎+𝑏) 𝑎
𝑏+1 𝑏+1
a. ∫𝑎+1 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 b. ∫𝑎+1 𝑓(𝑥 + 1) 𝑑𝑥
𝑏−1 𝑏−1
c. ∫𝑎−1 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 d. ∫𝑎−1 𝑓(𝑥 + 1) 𝑑𝑥

Answer: (d)
Solution:
𝑓(𝑎 + 𝑏 + 1 − 𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑥) (1)
𝑥 → 𝑥+1
𝑓(𝑎 + 𝑏 − 𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑥 + 1) (2)
1 𝑏
𝐼 = 𝑎+𝑏 ∫𝑎 𝑥(𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑓(𝑥 + 1))𝑑𝑥 (3)

From (1) and (2)

1 𝑏
𝐼 = 𝑎+𝑏 ∫𝑎 (𝑎 + 𝑏 − 𝑥)(𝑓(𝑥 + 1) + 𝑓(𝑥))𝑑𝑥 (4)

Adding (3) and (4)

𝑏
2𝐼 = ∫ (𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑓(𝑥 + 1))𝑑𝑥
𝑎
𝑏 𝑏
2𝐼 = ∫ 𝑓(𝑥 + 1)𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥
𝑎 𝑎

7th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 11

 𝑏 𝑏
2𝐼 = ∫ 𝑓(𝑎 + 𝑏 − 𝑥 + 1)𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥
𝑎 𝑎
𝑏
2𝐼 = 2 ∫ 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥
𝑎
𝑏
𝐼 = ∫ 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 ; 𝑥 = 𝑡 + 1, 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑑𝑡
𝑎
𝑏−1
𝐼=∫ 𝑓(𝑡 + 1)𝑑𝑡
𝑎−1
𝑏−1
𝐼=∫ 𝑓(𝑥 + 1)𝑑𝑥
𝑎−1

22. Total number of six-digit numbers in which only and all the five digits 1,3,5,7 and 9 appear, is
________.
Answer: (1800)
Solution:
Selecting all 5 digits = 5 𝐶5 = 1 way

Now, we need to select one more digit to make it a 6 digit number = 5 𝐶1 = 5 ways

6!
Total number of permutations = 2!

6!
Total numbers = 5 𝐶5 × 5 𝐶1 × = 1800
2!

3𝑥 +3𝑥−1 −12
23. Evaluate lim −𝑥
𝑥→2 3 2 −31−𝑥

Answer: (72)
Solution:
3𝑥
3𝑥 + −12
3
lim 1 3
𝑥→2 𝑥 +3𝑥
32
4 𝑥
3 −12
3
lim 1 3
𝑥→2 𝑥 +3𝑥
32
𝑥
Put 32 = 𝑡

7th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 12

 4𝑡2
3
−12 4(𝑡 2 −9)𝑡 2 4𝑡 2 (3+𝑡) 4×9×6
lim 3 1 = lim = lim = = 72
𝑡→3 − 2+
𝑡
𝑡→3 3(−3+𝑡) 𝑡→3 3 3
𝑡

24. If variance of first 𝑁 natural numbers is 10 and variance of first 𝑀 even natural numbers is 16 then
the value of 𝑀 + 𝑁 is________.
Answer: (18)
Solution:
For 𝑁 Natural number variance
∑𝑥𝑖 2 ∑𝑥𝑖 2
𝜎2 = −( )
𝑁 𝑁
∑𝑥𝑖 2 12 +22 +32 +....𝑁 𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚 𝑁(𝑁+1)(2𝑁+1)
= =
𝑁 𝑁 6𝑁
∑𝑥𝑖 1+2+3+....𝑁 𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚𝑠 𝑁(𝑁+1)
= =
𝑁 𝑁 2𝑁
𝑁 2 −1
𝜎2 = = 10 (given)
12
⇒ 𝑁 = 11
𝑀2 −1 𝑀2 −1
Variance of (2, 4, 6…) = 4 × variance of (1, 2, 3, 4…) = 4× = = 16 (given)
12 3
⇒𝑀=7
Therefore, 𝑁 + 𝑀 = 11 + 7 = 18

25. If 𝑓(𝑥) = |2 − |𝑥 − 3|| is non – differentiable in 𝑥 ∈ 𝑆. Then, the value of ∑𝑥∈𝑆 (𝑓(𝑓(𝑥))) is
_________.

Answer: (3)
Solution:

7th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 13

There will be three points 𝑥 = 1, 3, 5 at which 𝑓(𝑥) is non-differentiable.

So 𝑓(𝑓(1)) + 𝑓(𝑓(3)) + 𝑓(𝑓(5))

= 𝑓(0) + 𝑓(2) + 𝑓(0)

=1+1+1

=3

7th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 14

 JEE Main 2020 Paper
Date of Exam: 7th January (Shift II)
Time: 2:30 pm – 5:30 pm
Subject: Physics

1. If the weight of an object at the pole is 196 𝑁, then the weight of the object at the
equator is? (𝑔 = 10 𝑚/𝑠 2 ; 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑢𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑒𝑎𝑟𝑡ℎ = 6400 𝑘𝑚)

a. 194.32 𝑁 b. 194.66 N
c. 195.32 N d. 195.66 N

Solution: (c)
Weight of the object at the pole, 𝑊 = 𝑚𝑔 = 196 𝑁
𝑊 196
Mass of the object, 𝑚 = = = 19.6 𝑘𝑔
𝑔 10
Weight of object at the equator(W’) = Weight at pole − Centrifugal acceleration
𝑊’ = 𝑚𝑔 − 𝑚𝜔2 𝑅
2
2π
196 − (19.6) ( ) × 6400 × 103 = 195.33 𝑁
24 × 3600

2. In a house 15 bulbs of 45 W, 15 bulbs of 100 W, 15 bulbs of 10 W and two heaters of 1

kW each is connected to 220 V mains supply. The minimum fuse current will be

a. 5 A b. 20 A
c. 25 A d. 15 A

Solution: (b)
Total power consumption of the house(P) = Number of appliances × Power rating of
each appliance
𝑃 = (15 × 45) + (15 × 100) + (15 × 10) + (2 × 1000) = 4325 𝑊
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑝𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑢𝑚𝑝𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 4325
So, minimum fuse current 𝐼 = = 𝐴 = 19.66 𝐴
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝑝𝑙𝑦 220

7th Jan (Shift 2, Physics) Page | 1

3. In an adiabatic process, the volume is doubled. Find the ratio of final average relaxation
𝐶𝑝
time and initial relaxation time. Given 𝐶 = 𝛾
𝑣
1 1+𝛾
a. b. (2) 2
2
1 𝛾
𝛾
c. (2) 1 2 +1
d. (2)

Solution:(b)
𝑉
Relaxation time (𝜏) dependence on volume and temperature can be given by (𝜏) ∝
√𝑇
Also, for an adiabatic process,
1
𝑇∝
𝑉 𝛾−1
1+𝛾
⇒𝜏∝𝑉 2

Thus,
1+𝛾
𝜏𝑓 2𝑉 2
=( )
𝜏𝑖 𝑉
𝜏𝑓 1+𝛾
= (2) 2
𝜏𝑖

4. A block of mass 10 𝑘𝑔 is suspended from a string of length 4 𝑚. When pulled by a force

𝐹 along horizontal from the midpoint. The upper half of the string makes 45𝑜 with the
vertical, value of 𝐹 is

a. 100 𝑁 b. 90 𝑁
c. 75 𝑁 d. 70 𝑁

Solution: (a)
Equating the vertical and horizontal components of the forces acting at point

𝑇
= 100
√2
7th Jan (Shift 2, Physics) Page | 2
 𝑇
=𝐹
√2
𝐹 = 100 𝑁

5. The surface mass density of a disc varies with radial distance as 𝜎 = 𝐴 + 𝐵𝑟, where
𝐴 and 𝐵 are positive constants. The moment of inertia of the disc about an axis passing
through its centre and perpendicular to the plane is

𝐴 𝐵𝑎 4𝐴 𝐵
a. 2𝜋𝑎4 (4 + ) b. 2𝜋𝑎4 ( 4 + 5 )
5
𝐴 𝐵𝑎 𝐴 𝐵𝑎
c. 𝜋𝑎4 ( + ) d. 2𝜋𝑎4 ( + )
4 5 5 4

Solution: (a)

𝜎 = 𝐴 + 𝐵𝑟
∫ 𝑑𝑚 = ∫(𝐴 + 𝐵𝑟)2𝜋𝑟𝑑𝑟

𝐼 = ∫ 𝑑𝑚 𝑟 2
𝑎
=∫0 (𝐴 + 𝐵𝑟)2𝜋𝑟 3 𝑑𝑟
𝑎4 𝑎5
=2𝜋 (𝐴 +𝐵 5)
4
𝐴 𝐵𝑎
= 2𝜋𝑎4 ( + )
4 5

6. Cascaded Carnot engine is an arrangement in which heat sink of one engine is source
for other. If high temperature for one engine is 𝑇1 , low temperature for other engine is
𝑇2 (Assume work done by both engines is same). Calculate lower temperature of first
engine.

2𝑇1 𝑇2 𝑇1 +𝑇2
a. b.
𝑇1 +𝑇2 2
c. 0 d. √𝑇1 𝑇2

Solution:
(b)
Heat input to 1st engine= QH
Heat rejected from 1st engine= QL
Heat rejected from 2nd engine= QL
Work done by 1st engine = Work done by 2nd engine
QH − QL = QL − QL
2 QL = QH + QL

7th Jan (Shift 2, Physics) Page | 3

 T1 T2
2= +
T T
T1 + T2
T=
2

7. Activity of a substance changes from 700 𝑠 −1 to 900 𝑠 −1 in 30 minutes. Find its half-
life in minutes.

a. 66 b. 62
c. 56 d. 50

Solution:
(b)
Using the half-life equation,
𝐴0
ln = 𝜆𝑡
𝐴𝑡
𝐴0
At half-life, 𝑡 = 𝑡1 and 𝐴𝑡 =
2 2
⇒ ln 2 = 𝜆 𝑡1 ------------- (1)
2
Also given
500
ln = 𝜆 (30) ------------- (2)
700
Dividing the equations,
𝑡1
ln 2
= 2
7 30
ln ( )
5
⇒ 𝑡1 = 61.8 minutes
2

8. In YDSE, separation between slits is 0.15 𝑚𝑚, distance between slits and screen is
1.5 𝑚 and wavelength of light is 589 𝑛𝑚. Then, fringe width is

a. 5.9 𝑚𝑚 b. 3.9 𝑚𝑚
c. 1.9 𝑚𝑚 d. 2.3 𝑚𝑚

Solution:
(a)
Given,
Maximum diameter of pipe = 6.4 𝑐𝑚
Minimum diameter of pipe = 4.8 𝑐𝑚

7th Jan (Shift 2, Physics) Page | 4

 𝐷 589 × 10−9 × 1.5
𝛽=𝜆 =
𝑑 0.5 × 10−3
= 5.9 𝑚𝑚

9. An ideal fluid is flowing in a pipe in streamline flow. Pipe has maximum and minimum
diameter of 6.4 𝑐𝑚 and 4.8 𝑐𝑚 respectively. Find out the ratio of minimum to
maximum velocity.

81 9
a. b.
256 16
3 3
c. d.
4 16

Solution:
(b)

Using equation of continuity

𝐴1 𝑉1 = 𝐴2 𝑉2
𝑉1 𝐴2 4.8 2 9
= =( ) =
𝑉2 𝐴1 6.4 16

10. There is an electric circuit as shown in the figure. Find potential difference between
points 𝑎 and 𝑏

a. 0 V b. 15 V
c. 10 V d. 5 V

Solution:
(c)
Diode is in forward bias, so it will behave as simple wire. So, the circuit effectively
becomes

7th Jan (Shift 2, Physics) Page | 5

 30
𝑉𝑎𝑏 = 5+10 × 5 = 10 𝑉

11. A particle of mass m and positive charge 𝑞 is projected with a speed of 𝑉𝑜 in 𝑦–direction
in the presence of electric and magnetic field and both of them are in 𝑥–direction. Find
the instant of time at which the speed of particle becomes double the initial speed.

𝑚𝑉𝑜 √3 𝑚𝑉𝑜 √2
a. 𝑡 = b. 𝑡 =
𝑞𝐸 𝑞𝐸
𝑚𝑉𝑜 𝑚𝑉𝑜
c. 𝑡 = d. 𝑡 =
𝑞𝐸 2𝑞𝐸

Solution:
(a)

⃗ = 𝑉𝑜 𝑗̂ (magnitude of velocity does not change in y–z plane)

As 𝑉
(2𝑉𝑜 )2 = 𝑉𝑜2 + 𝑉𝑥2
𝑉𝑥 = √3𝑉𝑜

𝑞𝐸 𝑚𝑣𝑜 √3
∴ √3𝑉𝑥 = 0 + 𝑡⇒𝑡=
𝑚 𝑞𝐸
12. Two sources of sound moving with the same speed 𝑉 and emitting frequencies of
1400 𝐻𝑧 are moving such that one source 𝑠1 is moving towards the observer and 𝑠2 is
moving away from the observer. If observer hears a beat frequency of 2 𝐻𝑧, then find
the speed of the source (Given 𝑉𝑠𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑 ≫ 𝑉𝑠𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑐𝑒 and 𝑉𝑠𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑 = 350 𝑚/𝑠.)

7th Jan (Shift 2, Physics) Page | 6

 1
a. b. 4
4
1
c. 2 d. 2

Solution:
(a)

𝐶 𝐶
𝑓0 ( ) − 𝑓0 ( )=2
𝐶−𝑉 𝐶+𝑉
1
𝑉 = 𝑚/𝑠
4

13. An electron and a photon have same energy E. Find the de Broglie wavelength of
electron to wavelength of photon. (Given mass of electron is 𝑚 and speed of light is 𝑐)

1 1
2 𝐸 2 1 𝐸 3
a. ( )
𝐶 2𝑚
b. ( )
𝐶 2𝑚
1 1
1 𝐸 2 1 𝐸 2
c. ( )
𝐶 𝑚
d. ( )
𝐶 2𝑚

Solution:
(d)
ℎ
𝜆𝑑 for electron =
√2𝑚𝐸
ℎ𝐶
𝜆 for photon = 𝐸
ℎ 𝐸 1 𝐸
Ratio = = 𝐶 √2𝑚
√2𝑚𝐸 ℎ𝐶

14. A ring is rotated about diametric axis in a uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the
plane of the ring. If initially the plane of the ring is perpendicular to the magnetic field.
Find the instant of time at which EMF will be maximum and minimum respectively.

a. 2.5 𝑠𝑒𝑐, 5 𝑠𝑒𝑐 b. 5 𝑠𝑒𝑐, 7.5 𝑠𝑒𝑐

c. 2.5 𝑠𝑒𝑐, 7.5 𝑠𝑒𝑐 d. 10 𝑠𝑒𝑐, 5 𝑠𝑒𝑐

Solution:
(a)
2𝜋 𝜋
𝜔= =
𝑇 5
𝜋
When 𝜔𝑡 = 2
7th Jan (Shift 2, Physics) Page | 7
 Then 𝜑𝑓𝑙𝑢𝑥 will be minimum
∴ 𝑒 will be maximum
𝜋
2
𝑡= 𝜋 = 2.5 𝑠𝑒𝑐
5
When 𝜔𝑡 = 𝜋
Then 𝜑𝑓𝑙𝑢𝑥 will be maximum
∴ 𝑒 will be minimum
𝜋
𝑡 = 𝜋 = 5 𝑠𝑒𝑐
5

𝐸 (𝑖+𝑗̂ ) ̂
15. Electric field in space is given by 𝐸⃗ (𝑡) = 0 cos(𝜔𝑡 + 𝑘𝑧). A positively charged
√2
particle at (0, 0, 𝜋/𝑘) is given velocity 𝑣0 𝑘̂ at 𝑡 = 0. Direction of force acting on
particle is

a. 𝑓 = 0 𝑖̂+𝑗̂
b. Antiparallel to 2
√
c. Parallel to
𝑖̂+𝑗̂
d. 𝑘̂
√2

Solution:
(b)
𝑖̂+𝑗̂
Force due to electric field is in direction −
√2
(𝑖̂+𝑗̂ )
Because at 𝑡 = 0, 𝐸 = − 𝐸0
√2
⃗ ) and 𝑣 ∥ 𝑘̂
Force due to magnetic field is in direction 𝑞(𝑣 × 𝐵
∴ It is parallel to 𝐸⃗
(𝑖̂+𝑗̂ )
∴ Net force is antiparallel to .
√2

16. Focal length of convex lens in air is 16 𝑐𝑚 (𝜇𝑔𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑠 = 1.5) . Now the lens is submerged
in liquid of refractive index 1.42. Find the ratio of focal length in medium to focal
length in air.

a. 9 b. 17
c. 1 d. 5

Solution:
(a)

1 𝜇𝑔 1 1
= ( − 1) ( − )
𝑓𝑎 𝜇𝑔 𝑅1 𝑅2

7th Jan (Shift 2, Physics) Page | 8

 1 𝜇𝑔 1 1
= ( − 1) ( − )
𝑓𝑚 𝜇𝑚 𝑅1 𝑅2
𝜇𝑔 1.50
𝑓𝑎 (𝜇𝑚 − 1) (1.42 − 1) 0.08
⇒ = 𝜇 = =
𝑓𝑚 ( 𝑔 − 1) (1.50 − 1) (1.92)(0.5)
𝜇𝑎 1
𝑓𝑚 (1.42)(0.5)
= = 8.875 = 9
𝑓𝑎 0.08

17. A lift of mass 920 kg has a capacity of 10 persons. If average mass of person is 68 kg.
Friction force, between lift and lift shaft is 6000 N. The minimum power of motor
required to move the lift upward with constant velocity 3 m/s is [𝑔 = 10 𝑚/𝑠 2 ]

a. 66000 W b. 63248 W
c. 48000 W d. 56320 W

Solution:
(a)
Net force on motor will be
𝐹𝑚 = [920 + 68(10)]𝑔 + 6000
𝐹𝑚 = 22000 𝑁
So, required power for motor
⃗⃗⃗⃗𝑚 . 𝑣
𝑃𝑚 = 𝐹
= 22000 × 3
= 66000 𝑊

18. The hysteresis curve for a material is shown in the figure. Then for the material
retentivity, coercivity and saturation magnetization respectively will be

a. 50 A/m, 1 T, 1.5 T b. 1.5 T, 50 A/m, 1T

c. 1 T, 50 A/m, 1.5 T d. 50 A/m, 1.5 T, 1 T

7th Jan (Shift 2, Physics) Page | 9

 Solution:
(c)

x = retentivity
y = coercivity
z = saturation magnetization

19. An inductor of inductance 10 𝑚𝐻 and a resistance of 5Ω is connected to a battery of

20 𝑉 at 𝑡 = 0. Find the ratio of current in the circuit at 𝑡 = ∞ to current at 𝑡 = 40 𝑠𝑒𝑐.

a. 1.06 b. 1.48
c. 1.15 d. 0.84

Solution:
(a)

−𝑡
𝑖 = 𝑖𝑜 (1 − 𝑒 𝐿⁄𝑅 )
20 −𝑡
= (1 − 𝑒 0.01⁄5 )
5
= 4(1 − 𝑒 −500𝑡 )
𝑖∞ = 4
1 1
𝑖40 = 4(1 − 𝑒 −500×40 ) = 4 (1 − 2 10000 ) = 4 (1 − )
(𝑒 ) 7.2910000
𝑖∞
≈ 1 (Slightly greater than one)
𝑖40

𝐵2
20. Find the dimensions of 2𝜇
𝑜

a. 𝑀𝐿−1 𝑇 −2 b. 𝑀𝐿2 𝑇 −2
c. 𝑀𝐿−1 𝑇 2 d. 𝑀𝐿−2 𝑇 −1

7th Jan (Shift 2, Physics) Page | 10

 Solution:
(a)
𝐵2
Energy density in magnetic field = 2𝜇
𝑜
Force × displacement 𝑀𝐿𝑇 −2 . 𝐿
= = = 𝑀𝐿−1 𝑇 −2
(displacement)𝟑 (L)𝟑

21. A capacitor of 60 𝑝𝐹 charged to 20 𝑉. Now, the battery is removed, and this capacitor
is connected to another identical uncharged capacitor. Find heat loss in nJ.

Solution:
(6)

𝑉0 = 20 𝑉
1
Initial potential energy 𝑈𝑖 = 𝐶𝑉02
2
After connecting identical capacitor in parallel, voltage across each capacitor will be
𝑉0 1 𝑉 2
. Then, final potential energy 𝑈𝑓 = 2 [2 𝐶 ( 20 ) ]
2
Heat loss = 𝑈𝑖 − 𝑈𝑓
𝐶𝑉02 𝐶𝑉02 𝐶𝑉02 60×10−12 ×202
= − = = = 6 × 10−9 = 6 nJ
2 4 4 4

22. When m grams of steam at 100𝑜 𝐶 is mixed with 200 grams of ice at 0𝑜 𝐶, it results in
water at 40𝑜 𝐶. Find the value of m in grams

(Given, Latent heat of fusion (𝐿𝑓 ) = 80 cal/g, Latent heat of vaporization (𝐿𝑣 ) = 540
cal/g, specific heat of water (𝐶𝑤 ) = 1 𝑐𝑎𝑙/𝑔/𝑜 𝐶)

Solution:
7th Jan (Shift 2, Physics) Page | 11
 (40)
Here, heat absorbed by ice = 𝑚𝑖𝑐𝑒 𝐿𝑓 + 𝑚𝑖𝑐𝑒 𝐶𝑤 (40 − 0)
Heat released by steam = 𝑚𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑎𝑚 𝐿𝑣 + 𝑚𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑎𝑚 𝐶𝑤 (100 − 40)
Heat absorbed = heat released
𝑚𝑖𝑐𝑒 𝐿𝑓 + 𝑚𝑖𝑐𝑒 𝐶𝑤 (40 − 0) = 𝑚𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑎𝑚 𝐿𝑣 + 𝑚𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑎𝑚 𝐶𝑤 (100 − 40)
⇒ 200 × 80 𝑐𝑎𝑙/𝑔 + 200 × 1 𝑐𝑎𝑙/𝑔/°𝐶 × (40 − 0)
= 𝑚 × 540 𝑐𝑎𝑙/𝑔 + 540 × 1 𝑐𝑎𝑙/𝑔/°𝐶 × (100 − 40)
⇒ 200 [80 + (40)1] = 𝑚[540 + (60)1]
𝑚 = 40 𝑔

100𝑏
23. A solid cube of side ’𝑎’ is shown in the figure. Find the maximum value of c for
𝑎
which the block does not topple before sliding.

Solution:
(50)
𝐹 balances kinetic friction so that the block can move
So, 𝐹 = 𝜇𝑚𝑔

For no toppling, the net torque about bottom right edge should be zero

𝑎 𝑎
i.e 𝐹 (2 + 𝑏) ≤ 𝑚𝑔 2

𝑎 𝑎
𝜇𝑚𝑔 ( + 𝑏) ≤ 𝑚𝑔
2 2

𝑎 𝑎
𝐹𝜇 + 𝜇𝑏 ≤
2 2

0.2𝑎 + 0.4𝑏 ≤ 0.5𝑎

th
7 Jan (Shift 2, Physics) Page | 12
 0.4𝑏 ≤ 0.3𝑎

3
𝑏 ≤ 𝑎
4

But, maximum value of b can only be 0.5𝑎

𝑏
∴ Maximum value of 100 𝑎 is 50.

⃗ is equal to magnitude of 𝑃⃗. Find the

24. Magnitude of resultant of two vectors 𝑃⃗ and 𝑄
angle between 𝑄⃗ and resultant of 2𝑃⃗ and 𝑄
⃗.

Solution:
(90°)

25. A battery of unknown emf connected to a potentiometer has balancing length 560 𝑐𝑚.
If a resistor of resistance 10  is connected in parallel with the cell the balancing length
𝑛
change by 60 𝑐𝑚. If the internal resistance of the cell is 10 , the value of ′𝑛′ is

7th Jan (Shift 2, Physics) Page | 13

Solution:
(12)
Let the emf of cell is  internal resistance is ′𝑟′
and potential gradient is 𝑥.
𝜀 = 560 𝑥 (1)
After connecting the resistor
𝜀 × 10
= 500𝑥 (2)
10 + 𝑟
From (1) and (2)
560 × 10
= 500 𝑠
10 + 𝑟
56 = 540 + 5𝑟
6
𝑟 = = 1.2 
5
n = 12

7th Jan (Shift 2, Physics) Page | 14

 JEE Main 2020 Paper

Date: 7th January 2020

Time: 02.30 PM – 05:30 PM
Subject: Chemistry

1. Which of the following reactions are possible?

A.

B.

C.

D.

a. A, B, C b. B ,D
c. A, C, D d. A, C
Answer: b
Solution:
In aryl halides, due to the partial double bond character generated by chlorine, the aryl cation is
not formed.

Vinyl halides do not give Friedel-Crafts reaction, because the intermediate that is generated
(vinyl cation) is not stable.

7th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 1

2. B in the given reaction is?

a. b.

c. d.

Answer: a
Solution:
During trisubstitution, the acetanilide group attached to the benzene ring is more electron donating
than the methyl group attached, owing to +M effect, and therefore, the incoming electrophile would
prefer ortho w.r.t the acetanilide group.

3. The correct statement about gluconic acid is:

a. It is prepared by oxidation of glucose with HNO3

b. It is obtained by partial oxidation of glucose
c. It is a dicarboxylic acid
d. It forms hemiacetal or acetal
Answer: b

7th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 2

 Solution:
The gluconic acid formed is a monocarboxylic acid which is formed during the partial oxidation
of glucose

(a) Glucose on reaction with HNO3 will give glucaric acid:

(b) Glucose on partial reduction will give gluconic acid:

4. The stability order of the following alkoxide ions are:

a. C > B > A c. B > A > C

b. A > C > B d. C > A > B
Answer: a

7th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 3

 Solution:
Higher the delocalization of the negative charge, more will be the stability of the anion.

(A) The negative charge is stabilized only through –I effect exhibited by the – NO2 group.
(B) The negative charge is stabilized by the delocalization of the double bond and the –I effect
exhibited by the – NO2 group.
(C) The negative charge is stabilized by extended conjugation.

5.

A and B are:
a. b.

c. d.

Answer: c

Solution:

7th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 4

6. For the complex [Ma2b2] if M is sp3 or dsp2 hybridized respectively then the total number of
optical isomers respectively, are:
a. 1, 1 c. 0, 0
b. 2, 1 d. 1, 2

Answer: c

Solution:
Case 1: If M is sp3 hybridized, the geometry will be tetrahedral. There will be a plane of
symmetry and thus it does not show optical activity.

Case 2: If M is dsp2 hybridized, the geometry will be square planar. Due to the presence of a
plane of symmetry, it does not show optical activity.
7. The bond order and magnetic nature of CN − respectively, are
a. 3, diamagnetic c. 2.5, paramagnetic
b. 3, paramagnetic d. 2.5, diamagnetic
Answer: a
Solution:
CN − is a 14 electron system. The bond order and magnetism can be predicted using MOT.
The MOT electronic configuration of CN − is:
2 ∗2 2 ∗2 2
σ1s σ1s σ2s σ2s π2px π22py σ22pz
1
Bond order = 2 × (Nbonding − Nantibonding ) = 3

As CN − does not have any unpaired electrons, and hence it is diamagnetic.

8. Which of the following is incorrect?
a. Ʌ0m NaCl − Ʌ0m NaBr = Ʌ0m KCl − Ʌ0m KBr
b. Ʌ0m H2 O = Ʌ0m HCl + Ʌ0m NaOH − Ʌ0m NaCl
c. Ʌ0m NaI − Ʌ0m NaBr = Ʌ0m NaBr − Ʌ0m KBr
d. Ʌ0m NaCl − Ʌ0m KCl = Ʌ0m NaBr − Ʌ0m KBr
Answer: c

7th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 5

 Solution:

Ʌ0m NaI − Ʌ0m NaBr = Ʌ0m NaBr − Ʌ0m KBr

[λ0m Na+ + λ0m I − ] − [λ0m Na+ + λ0m Br − ] = [λ0m Na+ + λ0m Br − ] − [λ0m K + + λ0m Br − ]

λ0m I − − λ0m Br − ≠ λ0m Na+ − λ0m K +

9. NaOH + Cl2 → A + Other products

Hot & conc.
Ca(OH)2 + Cl2 → B + Other products
Cold & dil.
A and B respectively are:
a. NaClO3, Ca(OCl)2 c. NaCl, Ca(ClO3)2
b. NaClO3, Ca(ClO3)2 d. NaClO, Ca(ClO3)2
Answer: a
Solution:
6NaOH + 3Cl2 5NaCl + NaClO3 + 3H2 O
2Ca(OH)2 + Cl2 Ca(OCl)2 + CaCl2 + H2 O

10. There are two beakers (I) having pure volatile solvent and (II) having a volatile solvent and a
non-volatile solute. If both the beakers are placed together in a closed container then:
a. Volume of solvent beaker will decrease and solution beaker will increase
b. Volume of solvent beaker will increase and solution beaker will also increase
c. Volume of solvent beaker will decrease and solution beaker will also decrease
d. Volume of solvent beaker will increase and solution beaker will decrease

Answer: a

Solution:
Consider beaker I contains the solvent and beaker 2 contains the solution. Let the vapour
pressure of the beaker I be Po and the vapour pressure of beaker II be Ps . According to Raoult’s
law, the vapour pressure of the solvent (Po ) is greater than the vapour pressure of the solution
(Ps )
(Po > Ps)
Due to a higher vapour pressure, the solvent flows into the solution. So volume of beaker II
would increase.

7th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 6

 In a closed beaker, both the liquids on attaining equilibrium with the vapour phase will end up
having the same vapour pressure. Beaker II attains equilibrium at a lower vapour pressure and
so in its case, condensation will occur so as to negate the increased vapour pressure from
beaker I, which results in an increase in its volume.
On the contrary, since particles are condensing from the vapour phase in beaker II, the vapour
pressure will decrease. Since beaker I at equilibrium attains a higher vapour pressure, there,
evaporation will be favoured more so as to compensate for the decreased vapour pressure, as
mentioned in the previous statement.

11. Metal with low melting point containing impurities of high melting point can be purified by
a. Zone refining b. Vapor phase refining
c. Distillation d. Liquation
Answer: d
Solution:
Liquation is the process of refining a metal with a low melting point containing impurities of
high melting point
12. Which of the following statements are correct?
I. On decomposition of H2 O2 , O2 gas is released.
II. 2-ethylanthraquinol is used in the preparation of H2 O2
III. On heating KClO3 , Pb(NO3 )2 and NaNO3 , O2 gas is released.
IV. In the preparation of sodium peroxoborate, H2 O2 is treated with sodium metaborate.
a. I,II, IV b. II, III, IV
c. I, II, III, IV d. I, II, III
Answer: c
Solution:
Decomposition of H2 O2 : 2H2 O2 (l) → O2 (g) + 2H2 O(l)
Industrially, H2 O2 is prepared by the auto-oxidation of 2-alklylanthraquinols.
150−300℃
2KClO3 → 2KCl + 3O2
200−470℃
2Pb(NO3 )2 → 2PbO + 4NO2 + O2

2NaNO3 → 2NaNO2 + O2
Synthesis of sodium perborate:
Na2 B4 O7 + 2NaOH + 4H2 O2 → 2NaBO3 + 5H2 O

7th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 7

13. Among the following, which is a redox reaction?
2000 K
a. N2 + O2 →
b. Formation of O3 from O2
c. Reaction between NaOH and H2 SO4
d. Reaction between AgNO3 and NaCl

Answer: a
Solution:
2000 K
N2 + O2 → 2NO : The oxidation state of N changes from 0 to +2, and the oxidation state of O
changes from 0 to -2
In all the remaining reactions, there is no change in oxidation states of the elements
participating in the reaction.
3O2 2O3
2NaOH + H2 SO4 Na2 SO4 + 2H2 O (Neutralisation reaction)
AgNO3 + NaCl NaNO3 + AgCl (Double displacement)

14.

Select the correct options:

a. A = CMPS , B = CAverage , C = CRMS b. A = CAverage , B = CMPS , C = CRMS
c. A = CRMS , B = CAverage , C = CMPS d. A = CAverage , B = CMPS , C = CRMS

Answer: a
Solution:

7th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 8

 3RT
CRMS = √ M
8RT
CAverage = √ πM
2RT
CMPS = √ M

8
√3 > √ > √2
π

CRMS > CAverage > CMPS

15. Which one of the following, among each pairs, will release maximum energy on gaining one
electron? (A= F, Cl), (B= S, Se), (C= Li, Na)
a. (A)= Cl, (B)= S, (C)= Li b. (A)= F, (B)= Se, (C)= Na
c. (A)= F, (B)= S, (C)= Na d. (A)= Cl, (B)= Se, (C)= Li
Answer: a
Solution:

Element First Electron gain enthalpy(kJ/mol)

Li -60
Na -53
F -320
S -200
Cl -340
Se -195

Despite F being more electronegative than Cl, due to the small size of F, Cl would have a more
negative value of electron gain enthalpy because of inter-electronic repulsions.
As we go down group, the negative electron gain enthalpy decreases.
16. Which of the following statements are incorrect?
a) Co3+ with strong field ligand forms a high magnetic moment complex.
b) For Co3+, if pairing energy (P)>Δo , then the complex formed will have t 42g , e2g configuration
c) For [Co(en)3 ]3+ , λabsorbed is less than λabsorbed for [CoF6 ]3−
d) If Δo = 18000 cm−1 for Co3+ , then with same ligands for it Δt = 16000 cm−1
a. A, D c. A, B
b. B, C d. A, B, C, D
Answer: a
Solution:

7th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 9

 Co3+ has d6 electronic configuration. In the presence of strong field ligand, Δo > P. Thus the
splitting occurs as: t 62g , e0g ; so the magnetic moment is zero.

According to the spectrochemical series, en is a stronger ligand than F and therefore promotes
pairing. This implies that the Δo of en is more than the Δo of F.
hc
Δo =
λabs
4
Δt = Δo = 8000 cm−1
9
17. 0.6 g of urea on strong heating with NaOH evolves NH3 . The liberated NH3 will react
completely with which of the following HCl solutions?
a. 100 mL of 0.2 N HCl c. 100 mL of 0.1 N HCl
b. 400 mL of 0.2 N HCl d. 200 mL of 0.2 N HCl
Answer: a
Solution:
0.6
Moles of urea= ( )= 0.01
60

𝑁𝐻2 𝐶𝑂𝑁𝐻2 + 2𝑁𝑎𝑂𝐻 → 𝑁𝑎2 𝐶𝑂3 + 2𝑁𝐻3

0.01 0.02
0.02 moles of NH3 reacts with 0.02 moles of HCl.
100
Moles of HCl in option a= 0.2 × 1000 = 0.02

21. Number of sp2 hybrid carbon atoms in aspartame is ____.

Answer: 9
Solution:

The marked carbons are sp2 hybridised.

7th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 10

22. 3 grams of acetic acid is mixed in 250 mL of 0.1 M HCl. This mixture is now diluted to 500 mL.
1
20 mL of this solution is now taken in another container. 2 mL of 5 M NaOH is added to this.
Find the pH of this solution. (log 3 = 0.4771, pK a = 4.74).
Answer: 5.22
Solution:
mmole of acetic acid in 20 mL = 2
mmole of HCl in 20 mL = 1
mmole of NaOH = 2.5
HCl + NaOH → NaCl + H2 O
1 2.5 - -
- 1.5 1 1

CH3 COOH + NaOH (remaining)  CH3 COONa + water

2 1.5 - -
0.5 0 1.5
1.5
pH = pK a + log = 4.74 + log 3 = 4.74 + 0.48 = 5.22
0.5

23. The flocculation value for As2 S3 sol by HCl is 30 mmolL–1 . Calculate mass of H2 SO4 required in
grams for 250 mL sol is ____.
Answer: 0.3675 g
Solution:
For 1L sol 30 mmol of HCl is required

 For 1L sol 15 mmol of H2 SO4 is required

For 250 mL of sol,
15
× 98 × 10−3 g of H2 SO4= 0.3675 g
4

7th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 11

 K2 Cr2 O7 /Conc.H2 SO4 NaOH Dil.H2 SO4 , H2 O2
24. NaCl → (A) → (B) → (C)
Determine the total number of atoms in per unit formula of (A), (B) & (C).
Answer: 18
Solution:
K2 Cr2 O7 /Conc.H2 SO4 NaOH
NaCl → CrO2 Cl2 → Na2 CrO4 + NaCl
Dil.H2 SO4 Dil.H2 O2
Na2 CrO4 → Na2 Cr2 O7 → CrO5
(A) = CrO2 Cl2 , (B) = Na2 CrO4 and (C) = CrO5

25. Calculate the Hf ° (in kJ/mol) for C2 H6(g), if Hc ° [C(graphite)] = –393.5 kJ/mol, Hc ° [H2 (g)] = –
286 kJ/mol and  Hc ° [C2 H6 (g)] = –1560 kJ/mol .
Answer: -85 kJ/mol
Solution:
C(graphite) + O2 (g) → CO2 (g) Hc ° = −393.5 kJ/mol………………………………….(1)

H2 (g) + 0.5O2 (g) → H2 O(l) Hc ° = −286 kJ/mol ……………………….......(2)

C2 H6 (g) + 3.5O2 (g) → 2CO2 (g) + 3H2 O(l) Hc ° = −1560 kJ/mol …. (3)
2 × (–393.5) + 3 × (–286) – (–1560) = –85 kJ/mol
By inverting (3) and multiplying (1) by 2 and (2) by 3 and adding, we get,
2 × (–393.5) + 3 × (–286) – (–1560) = –85 kJ/mol

7th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 12

 JEE Main 2020 Paper

Date: 7th January 2020 (Shift 2)

Time: 2:30 P.M. to 5:30 P.M.
Subject: Mathematics

1. From any point 𝑃 on the line 𝑥 = 2𝑦 , a perpendicular is drawn on 𝑦 = 𝑥. Let the foot of
perpendicular be 𝑄. Find the locus of mid point of 𝑃𝑄.
a. 5𝑥 = 7𝑦 b. 2𝑥 = 3𝑦
c. 7𝑥 = 5𝑦 d. 3𝑥 = 2𝑦

Answer: (a)

Solution:

Let 𝑅 be the midpoint of 𝑃𝑄

𝑃𝑄 is perpendicular on line 𝑦 = 𝑥

∴ Equation of the line 𝑃𝑄 can be written as 𝑦 = −𝑥 + 𝑐

𝑐 𝑐
𝑦 = −𝑥 + 𝑐 intersects 𝑦 = 𝑥 at 𝑄: ( , )
2 2

2𝑐 𝑐
𝑦 = −𝑥 + 𝑐 intersects 𝑥 = 2𝑦 at 𝑃: ( , )
3 3

7𝑐 5𝑐
∴ Midpoint 𝑅: (12 , 12)
7𝑐
Locus of 𝑅 : 𝑥 = 12

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 1

 5𝑐
𝑦=
12

⇒ 5𝑥 = 7𝑦

5
2. Let 𝜃1 and 𝜃2 (where 𝜃1 < 𝜃2) are two solutions of 2 cot 2 𝜃 − sin 𝜃
+4 = 0, 𝜃 ∈ [0,2𝜋) then
𝜃2
∫𝜃 cos2 3𝜃 𝑑𝜃 is equal to
1
𝜋 2𝜋
a. b.
9 3
𝜋 1
c. + d.
𝜋
3 6
3
Answer: (d)
Solution:

5
2 cot 2 𝜃 − sin 𝜃 + 4 = 0, 𝜃 ∈ [0,2𝜋)

⇒ 2cosec2 𝜃 − 2 − 5cosec 𝜃 + 4 = 0

⇒ 2cosec2 𝜃 − 4cosec 𝜃 − cosec 𝜃 + 2 = 0

1
⇒ cosec 𝜃 = 2 or 2 (Not possible)

As 𝜃 ∈ [0,2𝜋),

𝜋 5𝜋
𝜃1 = , 𝜃2 =
6 6
5𝜋
𝜃2 6
(1 + cos 6𝜃)
⇒ ∫ cos 2 3𝜃𝑑𝜃 = ∫ 𝑑𝜃
2
𝜃1 𝜋
6

5𝜋
1 5𝜋 𝜋 sin6θ 6
= 2 ( 6 − 6) + | 𝜋
12
6

𝜋
=
3

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 2

3. Coefficient of 𝑥 7 in (1 + 𝑥)10 + 𝑥(1 + 𝑥)9 + 𝑥 2 (1 + 𝑥)8 + ⋯ +𝑥 10 is
a. 260 b. 210
c. 420 d. 330
Answer: (d)
Solution:

Coefficient of 𝑥 7 in (1 + 𝑥)10 + 𝑥(1 + 𝑥)9 + 𝑥 2 (1 + 𝑥)8 + ⋯ +𝑥 10

𝑥 11
(1+𝑥)10 (1− ( ) )
1+𝑥
Applying sum of terms of G.P. = 𝑥 = (1 + 𝑥)11 − 𝑥 11
(1−1+𝑥)

Coefficient of 𝑥 7 ⟹ 11 𝐶7 = 330

4. Let 𝛼 and 𝛽 are the roots of 𝑥 2 − 𝑥 − 1 = 0 such that 𝑃𝑘 = 𝛼 𝑘 + 𝛽 𝑘 , 𝑘 ≥ 1 then which one is
incorrect?
a. 𝑃5 = 𝑃2 × 𝑃3 b. 𝑃1 + 𝑃2 + 𝑃3 + 𝑃4 + 𝑃5 = 26
c. 𝑃5 = 11 d. 𝑃3 = 𝑃5 − 𝑃4

Answer: (a)
Solution:

Given 𝛼, 𝛽 are the roots of 𝑥 2 − 𝑥 − 1 = 0

⇒ 𝛼 + 𝛽 = 1 & 𝛼𝛽 = −1

⇒ 𝛼 2 = 𝛼 + 1 & 𝛽2 = 𝛽 + 1

𝑃𝑘 = 𝛼 𝑘−2 𝛼 2 + 𝛽 𝑘−2 𝛽 2

𝑃𝑘 = 𝛼 𝑘−2 (𝛼 + 1) + 𝛽 𝑘−2 (𝛽 + 1)

𝑃𝑘 = 𝛼 𝑘−1 + 𝛽 𝑘−1 + 𝛼 𝑘−2 + 𝛽 𝑘−2

⇒ 𝑃𝑘 = 𝑃𝑘−1 + 𝑃𝑘−2

⇒ 𝑃3 = 𝑃2 + 𝑃1 = 4

𝑃4 = 𝑃3 + 𝑃2 = 7

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 3

 𝑃5 = 𝑃4 + 𝑃3 = 11

∴ 𝑃5 ≠ 𝑃2 𝑃3 & 𝑃1 + 𝑃2 + 𝑃3 + 𝑃4 + 𝑃5 = 26

& 𝑃3 = 𝑃5 − 𝑃4

5. The area bounded by 4𝑥 2 ≤ 𝑦 ≤ 8𝑥 + 12 is

127 125
a. b.
3 3
128 124
c. d.
3 3

Answer: (c)
Solution:

For point of intersection,

4𝑥 2 = 8𝑥 + 12

⇒ 𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 − 3 = 0

⇒ 𝑥 = 3, −1

Area bounded is given by

3
𝐴 = ∫−1(8𝑥 + 12 − 4𝑥 2 )𝑑𝑥

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 4

 3
8𝑥 2 4𝑥 3
𝐴=[ + 12𝑥 − ]
2 3 −1

4
𝐴 = (36 + 36 − 36) − (4 − 12 + )
3
4 128
𝐴 = 44 − =
3 3

6. Contrapositive of 𝐴 ⊂ 𝐵 and 𝐵 ⊂ 𝐶 then 𝐶 ⊂ 𝐷

a. 𝐶 ⊄ 𝐷 or 𝐴 ⊄ 𝐵 or 𝐵 ⊄ 𝐶 b. 𝐶 ⊂ 𝐷 or 𝐴 ⊄ 𝐵 and 𝐵 ⊄ 𝐶
c. 𝐶 ⊂ 𝐷 and 𝐴 ⊄ 𝐵 or 𝐵 ⊄C d. 𝐶 ⊂ 𝐷 or 𝐴 ⊄ 𝐵 or 𝐵 ⊄ 𝐶

Answer: (d)
Solution:

Given statements: 𝐴 ⊂ 𝐵 and 𝐵 ⊂ 𝐶

Let 𝐴 ⊂ 𝐵 be 𝑝

𝐵 ⊂ 𝐶 be 𝑞

𝐶 ⊂ 𝐷 be 𝑟

Modified statement: (𝑝⋀𝑞) ⇒ 𝑟

Contrapositive: ~𝑟 ⇒ ~ (𝑝⋀𝑞)

∴ 𝑟 ∨ (~𝑝 ∨ ~𝑞)

⇒ 𝐶 ⊂ 𝐷 or 𝐴 ⊄ 𝐵 or 𝐵 ⊄C

7. Let 3 + 4 + 8 + 9 + 13 + 14 + 18 + … … … .40 terms = 𝑆. If 𝑆 = (102)𝑚 then 𝑚 =

a. 5 b. 10
c. 25 d. 20

Answer: (d)
Solution:

𝑆 = 3 + 4 + 8 + 9 + 13 + 14 + … … 40 terms

𝑆 = 7 + 17 + 27 + 37 + ⋯ … … .20 terms

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 5

 20
𝑆= [14 + (19)10] = 20 × 102
2

∴ 𝑚 = 20

8. ( 36𝐶𝑟+1 ) × (𝑘 2 − 3) = 35
𝐶𝑟 × 6 , then the number of ordered pairs (𝑟, 𝑘), where 𝑘 ∈ 𝐈, are
a. 2 b. 6
c. 3 d. 4

Answer: (d)
Solution:
36
using 36𝐶𝑟+1 = × 35𝐶𝑟
𝑟+1

36
𝑟+1
× 35𝐶𝑟 × (𝑘 2 − 3) = 35
𝐶𝑟 × 6

𝑟+1
𝑘2 − 3 =
6
𝑟+1
𝑘2 = +3
6

𝑘∈𝐈

𝑟 → Non-negative integer 0 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 35

𝑟 = 5 ⇒ 𝑘 = ±2

𝑟 = 35 ⇒ 𝑘 = ±3

No. of ordered pairs (𝑟, 𝑘) = 4

𝑓(𝑥)
9. Let 𝑓(𝑥) be a five-degree polynomial which has critical points 𝑥 = ±1 and lim (2 + 𝑥3
) =4
𝑥⟶0
then which one is incorrect.
a. 𝑓(𝑥) has minima at 𝑥 = 1 and maxima at 𝑥 = – 1
b. 𝑓(1) – 4𝑓(– 1) = 4
c. 𝑓(𝑥) has maxima at 𝑥 = 1 and minima at 𝑥 = – 1
d. 𝑓(𝑥) is odd
Answer: (a)
Solution:

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 6

 𝑓(𝑥)
Given lim (2 + 𝑥3
) =4
𝑥⟶0

𝑓(𝑥)
lim =2
𝑥⟶0 𝑥 3

𝑓(𝑥)
lim Limit exists and it is finite
𝑥⟶0 𝑥 3

∴ 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑎𝑥 5 + 𝑏𝑥 4 + 𝑐𝑥 3

⟹ lim (𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐) = 2
𝑥⟶0

𝑐=2

Also 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = 5𝑎𝑥 4 + 4𝑏𝑥 3 + 6𝑥 2

𝑓 ′ (1) = 5𝑎 + 4𝑏 + 6 = 0

𝑓 ′ (−1) = 5𝑎 − 4𝑏 + 6 = 0

6
𝑏 = 0, 𝑎=−
5
6
𝑓(𝑥) = − 𝑥 5 + 2𝑥 3 ⇒ 𝑓(𝑥) is odd
5

𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = −6𝑥 4 + 6𝑥 2

𝑓 ′′ (𝑥) = −24𝑥 3 + 12𝑥 ( 𝑓 ′′ (1) < 0, 𝑓′′(−1) > 0 )

At 𝑥 = −1 local minima at 𝑥 = 1 local maxima

And 𝑓(1) − 4𝑓(−1) = 4

10. If LMVT is applicable on 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 − 4𝑥 2 + 8𝑥 + 11 in [0,1], the value of 𝑐 is

4+√5 4+√7
a. b. 3
3
4−√7 4−√5
c. 3
d. 3

Answer: (𝑐)
Solution:

LMVT is applicable on 𝑓(𝑥) in [0,1], therefore it is continuous and differentiable in [0,1]

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 7

 Now, 𝑓(0) = 11, 𝑓(1) = 16

𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = 3𝑥 2 − 8𝑥 + 8

𝑓(1)−𝑓(0) 16−11
∴ 𝑓 ′ (𝑐) = =
1−0 1

⇒ 3𝑐 2 − 8𝑐 + 8 = 5

⇒ 3𝑐 2 − 8𝑐 + 3 = 0

8±2√7 4±√7
⇒𝑐= =
6 3

As 𝑐 ∈ (0,1)

4−√7
We get, 𝑐 =
3

1
11. Consider there are 5 machines. Probability of a machine being faulty is . Probability of at most
4
3 3
two machines being faulty is ( ) 𝑘 , then the value of 𝑘 is
4
17 17
a. b.
4 8

c.
17 d. 4
2

Answer: (b)
Solution:

1
𝑃(machine being faulty) = 𝑝 = 4

3
∴𝑞=4

𝑃(at most two machines being faulty) = 𝑃(zero machine being faulty)

+𝑃(one machine being faulty)+𝑃(two machines being faulty)

= 5𝐶0 𝑝0 𝑞5 + 5𝐶1 𝑝1 𝑞4 + 5𝐶2 𝑝2 𝑞3

= 𝑞 5 + 5𝑝𝑞 4 + 10𝑝2 𝑞3

3 5 1 3 4 1 2 3 3
= ( ) + 5 × ( ) + 10 ( ) ( )
4 4 4 4 4

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 8

 3 3 9 15 10
=( ) [ + + ]
4 16 16 16

3 3 34 3 3 17
=( ) × =( ) ×
4 16 4 8
17
∴𝑘= 8

12. 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , 𝑎3 , … , 𝑎9 are in geometric progression where 𝑎1 < 0 and 𝑎1 + 𝑎2 = 4, 𝑎3 + 𝑎4 = 16. If

∑9𝑖=1 𝑎𝑖 = 4𝜆, then 𝜆 is equal to
a. 171 b. −513
c. −
511 d. −171
3

Answer: (d)
Solution:

𝑎1 + 𝑎2 = 4 ⇒ 𝑎 + 𝑎𝑟 = 4 ⇒ 𝑎(1 + 𝑟) = 4

𝑎3 + 𝑎4 = 16 ⇒ 𝑎𝑟 2 + 𝑎𝑟 3 = 16 ⇒ 𝑎𝑟 2 (1 + 𝑟) = 16 ⇒ 4𝑟 2 = 16

⇒ 𝑟 = ±2
4
If 𝑟 = 2, 𝑎 = which is not possible as 𝑎1 < 0
3

If 𝑟 = −2, 𝑎 = −4

𝑎(𝑟 9 −1) (−4)[(−2)9 −1] 4

∑9𝑖=1 𝑎𝑖 = = = 3 (−512 − 1) = 4(−171)
𝑟−1 −3

𝜆 = −171

1 1 𝑑𝑦 1
13. If 𝑦√1 − 𝑥 2 = 𝑘 − 𝑥√1 − 𝑦 2 and 𝑦 (2) = − 4. Then 𝑑𝑥 at 𝑥 = 2 is
2 √5
a. b. −
√5 2
√5 √5
c. − d. 2
4

Answer: (b)
Solution:

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 9

 𝑦√1 − 𝑥 2 = 𝑘 − 𝑥√1 − 𝑦 2

Differentiating w.r.t. 𝑥 on both the sides, we get:

1 1
𝑦 ′ √1 − 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 × × (−2𝑥) = −√1 − 𝑦 2 − 𝑥 × × (−2𝑦)𝑦 ′
2√1−𝑥 2 2√1−𝑦 2

𝑥𝑦 𝑥𝑦
⇒ 𝑦 ′ √1 − 𝑥 2 − + √1 − 𝑦 2 − 𝑦′ = 0
√1−𝑥 2 √1−𝑦 2

𝑥𝑦 𝑥𝑦
⇒ 𝑦 ′ [√1 − 𝑥 2 − ]= − √1 − 𝑦 2
√1−𝑦 2 √1−𝑥 2

1 1
Putting 𝑥 = , 𝑦 = −
2 4

1 1
√3 √15
⇒ 𝑦′ [ + 8
√15
]=− 8
√3
−
2 4
4 2

√3 1 1 √15
⇒ 𝑦′ [ + ]=− −
2 2√15 4√3 4

√45+1 1+√45
⇒ 𝑦′ [ ]=−
2√15 4√3

√5
⇒ 𝑦′ = −
2

14. Let 𝐴 = [𝑎𝑖𝑗 ], 𝐵 = [𝑏𝑖𝑗 ] are two 3 × 3 matrices such that 𝑏𝑖𝑗 = 𝜆𝑖+𝑗−2 𝑎𝑖𝑗 and |𝐵| = 81. Find |𝐴| if
𝜆=3
1 1
a. b.
81 27

c.
1 d. 3
9

Answer: (c)
Solution:

𝑏𝑖𝑗 = 𝜆𝑖+𝑗−2 𝑎𝑖𝑗 , 𝜆 = 3

30 𝑎11 3𝑎12 32 𝑎13

𝐵 = [ 3𝑎21 32 𝑎22 33 𝑎23 ]
32 𝑎31 33 𝑎32 34 𝑎33

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 10

 30 𝑎11 3𝑎12 32 𝑎13
|𝐵| = | 3𝑎21 32 𝑎22 33 𝑎23 |
32 𝑎31 33 𝑎32 34 𝑎33

Taking 32 Common each from 𝐶3 & 𝑅3

𝑎11 3𝑎12 𝑎13

|𝐵| = 81 |3𝑎21 32 𝑎22 3𝑎23 |
𝑎31 3𝑎32 𝑎33

Taking 3 common each from 𝐶2 & 𝑅2

𝑎11 𝑎12 𝑎13
|𝐵| = 81(9) |𝑎21 𝑎22 𝑎23 |
𝑎31 𝑎32 𝑎33

Given |𝐵| = 81

⇒ 81 = 81(9)|𝐴|

1
⇒ |𝐴| =
9

15. Pair of tangents are drawn from the origin to the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 8𝑥 − 4𝑦 + 16 = 0, then the
square of length of chord of contact is
8 8
a. b.
5 13
24 64
c. d.
5 5
Answer: (d)
Solution:

𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 8𝑥 − 4𝑦 + 16 = 0

(𝑥 − 4)2 + (𝑦 − 2)2 = 4 ⇒ Centre (4,2) , radius (2)

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 11

 𝑂𝐴 = 4 = 𝑂𝐵

In Δ𝑂𝐵𝐶

4 2
tan 𝜃 = = 2 ⇒ sin 𝜃 =
2 √5

In Δ𝐵𝐷𝐶

𝐵𝐷 4
sin 𝜃 = ⇒ 𝐵𝐷 =
2 √5
8
Length of chord of contact (𝐴𝐵) =
√5

Alternative

(𝑙) length of tangent = 4

(𝑟) radius =2

2𝑙𝑟
⇒Length of chord of contact =
√(𝑙 2 +𝑟 2 )

64
Square of length of chord of contact = 5

𝑑𝑦
16. Let 𝑦(𝑥) is the solution of differential equation (𝑦 2 − 𝑥) = 1 and 𝑦(0) = 1, then find the
𝑑𝑥
value of 𝑥 where the curve cuts the 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 .
a. 2 − 𝑒 b. 2
c. 2 + 𝑒 d. 𝑒

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 12

 Answer: (a)
Solution:

𝑑𝑦
(𝑦 2 − 𝑥) =1
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥
+ 𝑥 = 𝑦2
𝑑𝑦

𝑥𝑒 𝑦 = ∫ 𝑦 2 𝑒 𝑦 𝑑𝑦

𝑥 = 𝑦 2 − 2𝑦 + 2 + 𝑐𝑒 −𝑦

Given 𝑦(0) = 1

⇒ 𝑐 = −𝑒

∴ Solution is 𝑥 = 𝑦 2 − 2𝑦 + 2 − 𝑒 −𝑦+1

∴ The value of 𝑥 where the curve cuts the 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 will be at 𝑥 = 2 − 𝑒

2
17. Let 4𝛼 ∫−1 𝑒 −𝛼|𝑥| 𝑑𝑥 = 5 then 𝛼 =
3
a. ln √2 b. ln 4

c. ln 2 4
d. ln 3
Answer: (c)
Solution:

4𝛼 ∫ 𝑒 −𝛼|𝑥| 𝑑𝑥 = 5
−1

0 2
−𝛼|𝑥|
4𝛼 [ ∫ 𝑒 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑒 −𝛼|𝑥| 𝑑𝑥 ] = 5
−1 0

0 2

= 4𝛼 [ ∫ 𝑒 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑒 −𝛼𝑥 𝑑𝑥 ] = 5
𝛼𝑥

−1 0

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 13

 1 − 𝑒 −𝛼 𝑒 −2𝛼 − 1
= 4𝛼 [( )+( )] = 5
𝛼 −𝛼

= 4[1 − 𝑒 −2𝛼 − 𝑒 −𝛼 + 1] = 5

Let 𝑒 −𝛼 = 𝑡

⇒ −4𝑡 2 − 4𝑡 + 3 = 0

1
⇒ 𝑡= = 𝑒 −𝛼 ⇒ 𝛼 = ln 2
2

18. If 𝑎⃗, 𝑏⃗⃗, 𝑐⃗ are unit vectors such that 𝑎⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑐⃗ = ⃗0⃗ and 𝜆 = 𝑎⃗. 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗. 𝑐⃗ + 𝑐⃗. 𝑎⃗ and 𝑑⃗ = 𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗ ×
𝑐⃗ + 𝑐⃗ × 𝑎⃗ then (𝜆, 𝑑) =
3 3
a. (2 , 3𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗) b. (− 2 , 3𝑎⃗ × 𝑐⃗)
3 3
c. (− 2 , 3𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗) d. (2 , 3𝑎⃗ × 𝑐⃗)

Answer: (c)
Solution:

Given 𝑎⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑐⃗ = ⃗0⃗ 𝜆 = 𝑎⃗. 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗. 𝑐⃗ + 𝑐⃗. 𝑎⃗

2
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗2
⇒ |𝑎⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑐⃗| = |0|

⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗2 + |𝑐|

|𝑎|2 + |𝑏| ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗2 + 2(𝑎⃗. 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗. 𝑐⃗ + 𝑐⃗. 𝑎⃗) = 0

3
𝜆=−
2

Also 𝑑⃗ = 𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗ × 𝑐⃗ + 𝑐⃗ × 𝑎⃗

⇒ 𝑑⃗ = 𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗ × (−𝑎⃗ − 𝑏⃗⃗) + (−𝑎⃗ − 𝑏⃗⃗) × 𝑎⃗

⇒ 𝑑⃗ = 𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗

⇒ 𝑑⃗ = 3(𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗) = 3𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 14

 𝑥2 𝑦2
19. 3𝑥 + 4𝑦 = 12√2 is a tangent to the ellipse + = 1, then the distance between foci of ellipse
𝑎2 9
is
a. 2√5 b. 2√7
c. 4 d. 2√3

Answer: (b)
Solution:

𝑥2 𝑦2
3𝑥 + 4𝑦 = 12√2 is tangent to ellipse + =1
𝑎2 9

𝑥2 𝑦2
Equation of tangent to ellipse 2
+ = 1 is 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + √𝑎2 𝑚2 + 9
𝑎 9

3
Now, 3𝑥 + 4𝑦 = 12√2 ⇒ 𝑦 = − 𝑥 + 3√2
4

3
⇒ 𝑚 = − and √𝑎2 𝑚2 + 9 = 3√2
4

3 2
⇒ 𝑎2 (− ) + 9 = 18
4
9
⇒ 𝑎2 × 16 = 9

⇒ 𝑎2 = 16 ⇒ 𝑎 = 4

𝑏2 9 √7
𝑒 = √1 − 2
= √1 − =
𝑎 16 4

√7
Distance between foci is 2𝑎𝑒 = 2 × 4 × = 2√7
4

20. If mean and variance of 2, 3, 16, 20, 13, 7, 𝑥, 𝑦 are 10 and 25 respectively then 𝑥𝑦 is equal to
________.

Answer: (124)
Solution:
61+𝑥+𝑦
Mean = 10 ⇒ = 10
8

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 15

 ⇒ 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 19

∑𝑥𝑖2
Variance = − (𝑥̅ )2
𝑛

22 +32 +162 +202 +132 +72 +𝑥2 +𝑦 2

⇒ 25 = − 100
8

⇒ 1000 = 887 + 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2

⇒ 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 113

⇒ (𝑥 + 𝑦)2 − 2𝑥𝑦 = 113

⇒ 361 − 2𝑥𝑦 = 113

So, 𝑥𝑦 = 124

5 7 17
21. If 𝑄 ≡ ( , , ) is foot of perpendicular drawn from 𝑃(1, 0, 3) onto a line 𝐿 and line 𝐿 is passing
3 3 3
through (𝛼, 7,1), then value of 𝛼 is __________.

Answer: (4)
Solution:

5 7 17
Direction ratios of line 𝐿: (𝛼 − 3 , 7 − 3 , 1 − 3
)

3𝛼 − 5 14 14
=( , ,− )
3 3 3

2 7 8
Direction ratios of 𝑃𝑄: (− , − , − )
3 3 3

As line 𝐿 is perpendicular to 𝑃𝑄

3𝛼−5 2 14 7 14 8
So, ( ) (− ) + ( ) (− ) + (− ) (− ) = 0
3 3 3 3 3 3

⇒ −6𝛼 + 10 − 98 + 112 = 0

⇒ 6𝛼 = 24 ⇒ 𝛼 = 4

22. If system of equations 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 𝑧 = 6, 𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 3𝑧 = 10, 3𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 𝜆𝑧 = 𝜇 has more than 2

solutions, then (𝜇 − 𝜆2 ) is ________.

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 16

 Answer: (13)
Solution:

The system of equations has more than 2 solutions

∴ 𝐷 = 𝐷3 = 0

1 1 1
⇒ |1 2 3| = 0 ⇒ 2𝜆 − 6 − 𝜆 + 9 + 2 − 6 = 0
3 2 𝜆
⇒𝜆=1

1 1 6
|1 2 10| = 0 ⇒ 2𝜇 − 20 − 𝜇 + 30 − 24 = 0
3 2 𝜇

⇒ 𝜇 = 14

So, 𝜇 − 𝜆2 = 13

1 1
23. If 𝑓(𝑥) is defined in 𝑥 ∈ (− , ) &
3 3
1 1+3𝑥
(𝑥) log 𝑒 (1−2𝑥) 𝑥≠0
𝑓(𝑥) = {
𝑘 𝑥=0
The value of 𝑘 such that 𝑓(𝑥) is continuous is ________.

Answer: (5)
Solution:

As 𝑓(𝑥) is continuous

⇒ lim 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑓(0) = 𝑘

𝑥→0

1 1+3𝑥
⇒ lim (𝑥) log 𝑒 (1−2𝑥) = 𝑘
𝑥→0

3 log(1+3𝑥) (−2) log(1−2𝑥)

⇒ lim − lim =𝑘
𝑥→0 3𝑥 𝑥→0 (−2𝑥)

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 17

 ⇒3+2=𝑘 ⇒𝑘 =5

24. Let 𝑋 = {𝑥: 1  𝑥  50, 𝑥  𝐍}, 𝐴 = {𝑥: 𝑥 is a multiple of 2}, 𝐵 = {𝑥: 𝑥 is a multiple of 7}. Then the
number of elements in the smallest subset of 𝑋 which contain elements of both 𝐴 and 𝐵 is _______.

Answer: (29)
Solution:

𝐴 = {𝑥: 𝑥 is multiple of 2} = {2,4,6,8, … }

𝐵 = {𝑥: 𝑥 is multiple of 7} = {7,14,21, … }

𝑋 = {𝑥 ∶ 1  𝑥  50, 𝑥  𝐍}

Smallest subset of 𝑋 which contains elements of both 𝐴 and 𝐵 is a set with multiples of 2 or 7 less
than 50.

𝑃 = {𝑥: 𝑥 is a multiple of 2 less than or equal to 50}

𝑄 = {𝑥: 𝑥 is a multiple of 7 less than or equal to 50}

𝑛(𝑃 ∪ 𝑄) = 𝑛(𝑃) + 𝑛(𝑄) − 𝑛(𝑃 ∩ 𝑄)

= 25 + 7 − 3

= 29

7th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 18

 JEE Main 2020 Paper

Date of Exam: 𝟖𝐭𝐡 January (Shift I)

Time: 9:30 am – 12:30 pm
Subject: Physics

1. A block of mass 𝑚 is connected at one end of natural length lo and spring constant k. The
spring is fixed at its other end. The block is rotated with constant angular speed () in
gravity free space. The elongation in spring is
lo mω2 lo mω2
a. b.
k−mω2 k+mω2
lo mω2 lo mω2
c. d.
k−mω k+mω

Solution: (a)
The centripetal force is provided by the spring force.
mω2 (lo + x) = kx
l k
( xo + 1) = mω2

ol mω2
x = k−mω2

2. Three charges are placed on the circumference of a circle of radius 𝑑 as shown in the
figure. The electric field along x −axis at the centre of the circle is

8th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 1

 q
a. b.
q√3
4πεo d2 4πεo d2
q√3 q√3
c. d.
πεo d2 2πεo d2

Solution: (c)
Applying superposition principle,

𝐸⃗𝑛𝑒𝑡 = 𝐸⃗1 + 𝐸⃗2 + 𝐸⃗3

By symmetry, net electric field along the x-axis.

⃗ 𝑛𝑒𝑡 | = 4kq
|E
q√3
× 2 cos 30° = πε d2
d2 o

3. Choose the correct P − V graph of an ideal gas for the given V − T graph.

8th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 2

 a. b.

c. d.

Solution: (a)
For the given V − T graph
For the process x → y; V ∝ T; 𝑃 =constant
For the process y → z; V =constant
Only ′𝑎′ satisfies these two conditions.

4. Find the co-ordinates of center of mass of the lamina shown in the figure below.

8th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 3

 a. (0.75, 1.75) b. (0.75, 1.5)
c. (0.5, 1.75) d. (0.5, 1.5)
Solution: (a)
The Lamina can be divided into two parts having equal mass 𝑚 each.

î 5ĵ
𝑚 × (2 + ĵ) + 𝑚 × (î + 2 )
rcm =
2𝑚
3 7
rcm = î + ĵ
4 4

5. Which graph correctly represents the variation between relaxation time (𝜏) of gas
molecules with absolute temperature (𝑇) of the gas?

a. b.

c. d.

8th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 4

 Solution: (a)
1
τ∝
√T

6. If two capacitors 𝐶1 and 𝐶2 are connected in a parallel combination then the equivalent
capacitance is 10 μF. If both the capacitors are connected across a 1 𝑉 battery, then
energy stored in 𝐶2 is 4 times of that in 𝐶1 . The equivalent capacitance if they are
connected in series is
a. 1.6 μF b. 16 μF
c. 4 μF 1
d. 4 μF

Solution: (a)

Given that,
C1 + C2 = 10 μF …..(i)
1 1
4 (2 C1 V 2 ) = 2 C2 V 2

⟹ 4C1 = C2 …(ii)
From equations (i) and (ii)
C1 = 2 μF
C2 = 8 μF
If they are in series
C1 C2
Ceq = = 1.6 μF
C1 + C2

7. A rod of mass 4𝑚 and length 𝐿 is hinged at its midpoint. A ball of mass 𝑚 is moving in the
plane of the rod with a speed 𝑣. It strikes the end at an angle of 450 and sticks to it. The
angular velocity of system after collision is

8th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 5

 3√2𝑣 √2𝑣
a. b.
7𝐿 7𝐿
√2𝑣 3v
c. d.
3𝐿 7𝐿

Solution: (a)

There is no external torque on the system about the hinge point.

So,
⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝐿 i = ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝐿f
𝑚𝑣 1 4𝑚𝐿 2 𝑚𝐿 2
× =[ + ]×ω
√2 2 12 4

6V 3√2V
ω= =
7√2𝐿 7𝐿

8. Two photons of energy 4 𝑒𝑉 and 4.5 𝑒𝑉 are incident on two metals 𝐴 and 𝐵 respectively.
The maximum kinetic energy for an ejected electron is 𝑇𝐴 for 𝐴, and 𝑇𝐵 = 𝑇𝐴 − 1.5 𝑒𝑉 for
the metal 𝐵. The relation between the de-Broglie wavelengths of the ejected electron
of 𝐴 and 𝐵 are 𝜆𝐵 = 2𝜆𝐵 . The work function of the metal 𝐵 is
a. 3 𝑒𝑉 b. 1.5 𝑒𝑉
c. 4.5 𝑒𝑉 d. 4 𝑒𝑉
Solution: (d)
h 1
λ= =λ∝
√2(KE)mB √KE

8th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 6

 λA √KEB
=
λB √KEA

1 𝑇𝐴 − 1.5
=√
2 𝑇𝐴

𝑇𝐴 = 2 𝑒𝑉
KEB = 2 − 1.5 = 0.5 𝑒𝑉
∅B = 4.5 − 0.5 = 4 𝑒𝑉
9. There is a potentiometer wire of length 1200 𝑐𝑚 and a 60 𝑚𝐴 current is flowing in it. A
battery of emf 5 V and internal resistance of 20  is balanced on this potentiometer wire
with a balancing length1000 𝑐𝑚. The resistance of the potentiometer wire is
a. 80  b. 100 
c. 120  d. 60 
Solution: (b)

Assume the terminal voltage of the primary battery as 𝑉𝑝 . As long as this potentiometer
is operating on balanced length, 𝑉𝑝 will remain constant.
5 𝑉𝑝
As we know, potential gradient = 1000 = 1200

𝑉𝑝 = 6 V
𝑉𝑝 6
And R p = i
= 60×10−3 = 100 

8th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 7

10. A telescope has a magnification equal to 5 and the length of its tube is 60 cm. The focal
length of its eye piece is
a. 10 cm b. 20 cm
c. 30 cm d. 40 cm
Solution: (a)
f0
m= =5
fe
⇒ f0 = 5fe
f0 + fe = 5fe + fe = 6fe = length of the tube
⇒ 6fe = 60 cm
⇒ fe = 10 cm

11. Two spherical bodies of mass m1 & m2 have radii 1 m & 2 m respectively. The graph of
the gravitational field of the two bodies with their radial distance is shown below. The
m
value of m1 is
2
1 1
a. b.
6 3
1 1
c. d.
2 4

Solution: (a)
Gravitation field will be maximum at the surface of a sphere. Therefore,
Gm2 Gm1
=3 & =2
22 12

m2 1 3
⇒ × =
m1 4 2

8th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 8

 m1 1
⇒ =
m2 6

12. When a proton of KE = 1.0 MeV moving towards North enters a magnetic field
(directed along East), it accelerates with an acceleration, a = 1012 m/s 2 . The
magnitude of the magnetic field is

a. 0.71 mT b. 7.1 mT
c. 71 mT d. 710 mT
Solution: (a)
K. E = 1 × 106 eV = 1.6 × 10−13 J
1
= m v2
2 e
Where me is the mass of the electron = 1.6 × 10−27 kg
1
⇒ 1.6 × 10−13 = × 1.6 × 10−27 × v 2
2
∴ v = √2 × 107 m/s
Bqv = me a
1.6 × 10−27 × 1012
∴B=
1.6 × 10−19 × √2 × 107
= 0.71 × 10−3 T = 0.71 mT

8th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 9

 Qin
⃗|=
13. If the electric field around a surface is given by |E where A is the normal area of
ε 0 |A|
surface and Qin is the charge enclosed by the surface. This relation of Gauss’ law is valid
when
a. the surface is equipotential.
b. the magnitude of the electric field is constant.
c. the magnitude of the electric field is constant and the surface is equipotential.
d. for all the Gaussian surfaces.
Solution: (c)
The magnitude of the electric field is constant and the electric field must be along the area
vector i.e. the surface is equipotential.

14. The stopping potential depends on the Planks constant(h), the current (I), the universal
gravitational constant (G) and the speed of light (C). Choose the correct option for the
dimension of the stopping potential (V)
a. h1 I −1 G1 C5 b. h−1 I1 G6
c. h0 I1 G1 C6 d. h0 I −1 G−1 C5

Solution: (d)

V = K(h)a (I)b (G)c (C)d Unit of stopping potential is (V) Volt.

We know [h] = ML T 2 −1

[I] = A
[G] = M −1 L3 T −2
[C] = LT −1
[V] = ML2 T −3 A−1
ML2 T −3 A−1 = (ML2 T −1 )a (A)b (M−1 L3 T −2 )c (LT −1 )d
ML2 T −3 A−1 = M a−c L2a+3c+d T −a−2c−d Ab
a−c=1
2a + 3c + d = 2
−a − 2c − d = −3
b = −1
On solving,
c = −1
a=0
d=5
b = −1
V = K(h)0 (I)−1 (G)−1 (C)5

8th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 10

15. A cylinder of height 1 m is floating in water at 0o C with 20 cm height in air. Now the
temperature of water is raised to 4o C, the height of the cylinder in air becomes 21 cm.
The ratio of density of water at 4o C to that at 0o C is (Consider expansion of the cylinder
is negligible)
a. 1.01 b. 1.03
c. 2.01 d. 1.04
Solution: (a)

Since the cylinder is in equilibrium, it’s weight is balanced by the Buoyant force.
mg = A(80)(ρ0o C )g
mg = A(79)(ρ4o C )g
ρ4o C 80
= = 1.01
ρ0o C 79

16. Number of the α-particle deflected in Rutherford's α- particle scattering experiment

varies with the angle of deflection. The graph between the two is best represented by

8th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 11

 a. b.

c. d.

Solution: (c)

1
N ∝ sin4 (θ/2)

4
17. If relative permittivity and relative permeability of a medium are 3 and respectively,
3
the critical angle for this medium is
a. 45o b. 60o
c. 300 d. 150

Solution: (c)

8th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 12

 If the speed of light in the given medium is 𝑉 then,
1
𝑉=
√μϵ
c
We know that, n=
v
n = √μr ϵr = 2
1
sin θc =
2
θc = 30o

18. The given loop is kept in a uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the plane of the loop.
The field changes from 1000 𝐺𝑎𝑢𝑠𝑠 to 500 𝐺𝑎𝑢𝑠𝑠 in 5 seconds. The average induced emf
in the loop is
a. 56 μV b. 28 μV
c. 30 μV d. 48 μV

Solution: (a)
dϕ AdB
ϵ = |− | = |− |
dt dt
(1000 − 500)
= (16 × 4 − 4 × 2) × 10−4 × 10−4
5
500
= 56 × × 10−8 = 56 × 10−6 V
5

19. Choose the correct Boolean expression for the given circuit diagram:

8th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 13

 a. A.B b. 𝐴̅ + 𝐵̅
c. 𝐴 + 𝐵 d. 𝐴̅. 𝐵̅

Solution: (d)
First part of figure shown OR gate and second part of figure shown NOT gate.
So, 𝑌 = ̅̅̅̅̅̅̅̅
𝐴 + 𝐵 = 𝐴̅. 𝐵̅

𝑟2
20. A Solid sphere of density 𝜌 = 𝜌𝑜 (1 − 𝑅2 ), 0 < 𝑟 ≤ 𝑅 just floats in a liquid, then the
density of the liquid is (𝑟 is the distance from the centre of the sphere)
2 5
a. 5 𝜌𝑜 b. 2 𝜌𝑜
3
c. 𝜌𝑜 d. 𝜌𝑜
5

Solution: (a)
Let the mass of the sphere be 𝑚 and the density of the liquid be 𝜌𝐿
𝑟2
𝜌 = 𝜌𝑜 (1 − 𝑅2 ), 0 < 𝑟 ≤ 𝑅

Since the sphere is floating in the liquid, buoyancy force (𝐹𝐵 ) due to liquid will balance
the weight of the sphere.
𝐹𝐵 = 𝑚𝑔
4
𝜌𝐿 𝜋𝑅 3 𝑔 = ∫ 𝜌(4𝜋𝑟 2 𝑑𝑟)𝑔
3
4 𝑟2
𝜌𝐿 𝜋𝑅 3 = ∫ 𝜌𝑜 (1 − 2 ) 4𝜋𝑟 2 𝑑𝑟
3 𝑅
𝑅 𝑅
4 𝑟4 𝑟3 𝑟5
𝜌𝐿 𝜋𝑅 3 = ∫ 𝜌𝑜 4𝜋 (𝑟 2 − 2 ) 𝑑𝑟 = 𝜌𝑜 4𝜋 ( − 2 )
3 0 𝑅 3 5𝑅 0

8th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 14

 2
𝜌𝐿 = 𝜌
5 𝑜

21. Two masses each of mass 0.10 𝑘𝑔 are moving with velocities 3 𝑚/𝑠 along 𝑥 −axis and
5 𝑚/𝑠 along 𝑦 −axis respectively. After an elastic collision one of the mass moves with
𝑥
velocity 4𝑖̂ + 4𝑗̂ 𝑚/𝑠. If the energy of the other mass after the collision is 10, then 𝑥 is

Solution: (1)
Mass of each object, 𝑚1 = 𝑚2 = 0.1 𝑘𝑔
Initial velocity of 1st object, 𝑢1 = 5 𝑚/𝑠
Initial velocity of 2nd object, 𝑢2 = 3 𝑚/𝑠
Final velocity of 1st object, 𝑉1 = 4𝑖̂ + 4𝑗̂ 𝑚/𝑠 =√42 + 42 = 16√2 𝑚/𝑠
For elastic collision, kinetic energy remains conserved

𝐼𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑘𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑡𝑖𝑐 𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 (𝐾𝑖 ) = 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑘𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑡𝑖𝑐 𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦(𝐾𝑓 )

1 1 1 1
𝑚𝑢12 + 𝑚𝑢22 = 𝑚𝑉12 + 𝑚𝑉22
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
𝑚(5)2 + 𝑚(3)2 = 𝑚(16√2)2 + 𝑚𝑉22
2 2 2 2
𝑉2 = √2 𝑚/𝑠
1 1 2 1
Kinetic energy of second object = 2 𝑚𝑉22 = 2 × 0.1 × √2 = 10

⟹𝑥=1

22. A plano-convex lens of radius of curvature 30 cm and refractive index 1.5 is kept in air.
Find its focal length (in cm).
Solution: (60 cm)
Applying Lens makers’ formula,
1 1 1
= (μ − 1) ( − )
f R1 R 2
R1 = ∞
R 2 = −30 cm
1 1 1
= (1.5 − 1) ( − )
f ∞ −30

8th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 15

 1 0.5
=
f 30
f = 60 cm

23. The position of two particles 𝐴 and 𝐵 as a function of time are given by XA = −3t 2 + 8t +
c and YB = 10 − 8t 3 . The velocity of 𝐵 with respect to 𝐴 at t = 1 is √v . Find v.
Solution: (580 m/s )
XA = −3t 2 + 8t + c
vA = (−6t + 8)î
⃗⃗⃗⃗
= 2î
YB = 10 − 8t 3
vB = −24t 2 ĵ
⃗⃗⃗⃗

|v 𝐵/𝐴 | = |v
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ vA | = |−24ĵ − 2î|
⃗⃗⃗⃗B − ⃗⃗⃗⃗

v = √242 + 22
v = 580 m/s
24. An open organ pipe of length 1 m contains a gas whose density is twice the density of the
atmosphere at STP. Find the difference between its fundamental and second harmonic
frequencies if the speed of sound in atmosphere is 300 m/s.
Solution: (105.75 Hz)

B
V=√
ρ

B
Vpipe √ 1
2ρ
= =
Vair B √2
√
ρ
Vair
Vpipe =
√2
(n + 1)
fn = Vpipe
2l

8th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 16

 Vpipe 300
f1 − f0 = = 2√2 = 105.75 Hz (if √2 = 1.41)
2l

= 106.05 Hz (if √2 = 1.414)

25. Four resistors of resistance 15 , 12 , 4  and 10  are connected in cyclic order to

form a wheat stone bridge. The resistance (in  ) that should be connected in parallel
across the 10  resistor to balance the wheat stone bridge is
Solution: (10  )

10 R
× 12 = 15 × 4 ⇒ R = 10 
10+R

8th Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 17

 JEE Main 2020 Paper

Date: 8th January 2020

Time: 09:30 AM – 12:30 PM
Subject: Chemistry

1. The number of S–O bonds in S2 O2−

8 and number of S–S bonds in Rhombic sulphur, respectively,
are:
a. 8, 8
b. 6, 8
c. 2, 4
d. 4, 2
Answer: a
Solution: Here, we have to count S − O single bonds as well as S = O in S2O82–, as each double bond
also has one sigma bond. The structure of S2 O2−
8 and S8 is shown below:

2. Which of the following van der Waals forces are present in ethyl acetate liquid?
a. H- bond, London forces
b. Dipole-dipole interaction, H-bond
c. Dipole-dipole interaction, London forces
d. H-bond, dipole-dipole interaction, London forces

Answer: c
Solution: London dispersion forces (also called as induced dipole - induced dipole interactions),
exist because of the generation of temporary polarity due to collision of particles and for this very
reason, they are present in all molecules and inert gases as well.

Because of the presence of a permanent dipole, there will be dipole-dipole interactions present
here.

There is no H that is directly attached to an oxygen atom, so H-bonding cannot be present.

8th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 1

3. Given, for H-atom
1 1
v̅ = R H [ 2 − 2 ]
n1 n2

Select the correct options regarding this formula for Balmer series:
A) n1= 2.
B) Ionization energy of H atom can be calculated from above formula.
C) λmaximum is for n2= 3.
D) If λ decreases then spectrum lines will converge.
a. A, B
b. C, D
c. A, C, D
d. A, B, C, D

Answer: c
Solution:
(A) is correct since the series studied in H-spectrum, including Balmer series, are de-excitation
series or emission series. So, electrons get de-excited to n= 2 which means that nlower= 2.

(B) It is possible to obtain I.E. from the formula above, but since the question has stated the formula
for the Balmer series, nlower has been fixed as 2. So, it is not possible to calculate I.E. from it. To
calculate I.E., we’ll have to put nlower= 1, which isn’t possible here.

(C) ΔE = hc/λ

With nlower fixed as 2, ΔE increases as nhigher is increased. So, the last line of the Balmer series, i.e.
from infinity to n= 2, will have the maximum energy in the series and thus, the lowest wavelength.
Similarly, the first line in the series, i.e. from n= 3 to n= 2 will have the lowest energy in the series
and thus, the highest wavelength. Which makes this statement correct.

(D)As orbits with higher orbit number or those that are further away from the nucleus are
considered, the energy gap in-between subsequent orbits decreases. Now, consider the following
for example and with nlower fixed as 2.

Energy of a photon released on transition from n= 100 to n= 2 will have similar energy to that of the
photon that gets released on transition from n= 101 to n= 2, because energy of the 100th and the
101th orbit will be very close in value. That means they will also have very close values of
wavelengths, which further implies that these two lines will be situated quite close to each other on
the photographic plate.

In a similar fashion, we can see that as the nhigher increases, the lines start to converge together. And
since, increasing the nhigher will indeed lead to an increase in the energy of the photon released, it
will end up releasing photons of shorter wavelengths. Combining these two statements we can
easily see that as the wavelength decreases, the spectral lines start to converge.

8th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 2

4. The correct order of the first ionization energies of the following metals; Na, Mg, Al, Si in
kJmol−1 , respectively is:
a. 497, 737, 577, 786
b. 497, 577, 737, 786
c. 786, 739, 577, 497
d. 739, 577, 786, 487
Answer: a
Solution:
The expected order is Na < Mg < Al < Si.
But the actual/experimental order turns out to be Na < Al < Mg < Si, because of the fully filled s-
subshell of magnesium and the s 2 p1 configuration of Al which makes it relatively easy for Al to lose
its outermost electron.

5. Select the correct stoichiometry and its K sp value according to the given graph:

a. XY, K sp = 2 x 10−6
b. XY2 , K sp = 4 x 10−9
c. X 2 Y, K sp = 9 x 10−9
d. XY2 , K sp = 1 x 10−9

Answer: a
Solution:
(a) XY(s) ⇌ X + + Y −

K sp = [X + ][Y − ] = 2 × 10−3 × 10−3 = 2 × 10−6

(b) XY2 (s) ⇌ X 2+ + 2Y −

K sp = [X 2+ ][Y − ]2 = 2 × 10−3 × 10−6 = 2 × 10−9

(c) X 2 Y(s) ⇌ 2X + + Y 2−

K sp = [X + ]2 [Y 2− ] = 4 × 10−6 × 10−3 = 4 × 10−9

(d) XY2 (s) ⇌ X 2+ + 2Y −

K sp = [X 2+ ][Y − ]2 = 2 × 10−3 × 10−6 = 2 × 10−9

8th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 3

6. Which of the following complex exhibit facial-meridional geometrical isomerism?
a. [Pt(NH3 )Cl3 ]−
b. [PtCl2 (NH3 )2 ]
c. [Ni(CO)4 ]
d. [Co(NO2 )3 (NH3 )3 ]

Answer: d
Solution: Facial and meridional geometrical isomerism is observed only in [MA3 B3 ] type
complexes which is given in option d.

7.

A) Intermolecular force of attraction of X > Y

B) Intermolecular force of attraction of X < Y.
C) Intermolecular force of attraction of Z < X.
Select the correct option(s):
a. A and C
b. A and B
c. B only
d. B and C

Answer: c
Solution:

As shown in the plot below, for the same T, the vapour pressure of X is the highest and of Z is the
lowest. Now, that means with the same average K.E. of X, Y and Z molecules, the X molecules are
able to compensate their respective intermolecular forces better. So, X molecules have the highest
vapour pressure. Which implies that the intermolecular forces in X are the weakest among the
three. The opposite could be said for Z as well.

8th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 4

8. Rate of a reaction increases by 106 times when a reaction is carried out in presence of enzyme
catalyst at the same temperature. Determine the change in activation energy.
a. – 6 × 2.303 RT
b. +6 × 2.303 RT
c. + 6RT
d. − 6RT
Answer: a
Solution:

K1 = Ae−Ea1 /RT----(1)

K 2 = Ae−Ea2 /RT----(2)
Dividing equation 1 with equation 2, we get
K1
K2
= e(Ea2 −Ea1)/RT

10−6 = e(Ea2 −Ea1)/RT

Taking log e on both sides, we get

∆E = Ea2 − Ea1 = – 6 × 2.303 RT

9. Gypsum on heating at 393K produces:

a. Dead burnt plaster

b. Anhydrous CaSO4
1
c. CaSO4 . 2 H2 O
d. CaSO4  5H2 O

Answer: c
393K 1
Solution: CaSO4 . 2H2 O → CaSO4 . 2 H2 O

8th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 5

10. Among the following, the least 3rd ionization energy is for:
a. Mn
b. Co
c. Fe
d. Ni

Answer: c
Solution:
Consider an element E
E 2+ → E 3+ would be the 3rd I.E. of the element E.

Electronic configuration of Mn is [Ar]4s 2 3d5

Electronic configuration of Co is [Ar]4s 2 3d7

Electronic configuration of Fe is [Ar]4s 2 3d6

Electronic configuration of Ni is [Ar]4s 2 3d8

Electronic configuration of Mn2+ is [Ar]3d5

Electronic configuration of Co2+ is [Ar]3d7

Electronic configuration of Fe2+ is [Ar]3d6

Electronic configuration of Ni2+ is [Ar]3d8

As it is evident from the above configurations of the E 2+ for the given elements, Fe2+ would require
the least amount of energy for removal of electron as it has the configuration 3d6 4s0 . That means
that its E 3+ form is the most stable among the four elements provided in their respective E 3+ states,
i.e., when compared, the next electron removal will require least amount of energy.

11. Accurate measurement of concentration of NaOH can be performed by which of the following
titration?
a. NaOH in burette and oxalic acid in conical flask
b. NaOH in burette and concentrated H2 SO4 in conical flask
c. NaOH in volumetric flask and concentrated H2 SO4 in conical flask
d. Oxalic acid in burette and NaOH in conical flask

Answer: d
Solution: The standard solution is always kept in burette. The oxalic acid is a primary standard
solution while H2 SO4 is a secondary standard solution.

8th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 6

12. Arrange the following compounds in order of dehydrohalogenation (E1 ) reaction:

A. B.

C. D.

a. C>B>D>A
b. C>D>B>A
c. B>C>D>A
d. A>B>C>D
Answer: b
Solution: In E1 mechanism, the rate determining step is formation of carbocation. So, stability of
carbocation formed decides the rate.
In option c, the cation formed is resonance stabilised.
In option d, the cation formed is a 2o carbocation.
In option a and b, the carbocations formed are 1o but there is a chance of rearrangement in option b
and after the rearrangement, the carbocation formed in option b will be allylic. So, the order of
reaction is as follows:
C > D > B > A.
13. Major product in the following reaction is:

a. b.

d.
c.

Answer: c

8th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 7

 Solution:

14. Arrange the order of C—OH bond length in the following compounds:
Methanol Phenol p-Ethoxyphenol
(A) (B) (C)
a. A > B > C
b. A > C > B
c. C > B > A
d. B > C > A

Answer: b
Solution: In methanol, there is no resonance. In phenol, there is resonance. In p-Ethoxyphenol,
there is resonance involved but the involvement of lone pair of oxygen in OH group is poor as
compared with phenol due to the presence of lone pair oxygen in OCH3 group which are also
involved in resonance.
So, partial double bond character develops in C—OH bond of phenol and p-Ethoxyphenol but in
case of p-Ethoxyphenol, resonance is poor as compared to phenol. So, bond length follows the
order: A > C > B
15. Which of the following are "greenhouse gases”?
i. CO2
ii. O2
iii. O3
iv. CFC
v. H2 O vapours
a. i, ii and iv
b. i, ii, iii and iv
c. i, iii and iv
d. i, iii, iv and v

Answer: d

8th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 8

 Solution: CO2 , O3 , H2 O vapours and CFC′s are green house gases.
16. Two liquids, isohexane and 3-methylpentane have boiling points 60 °C and 63 °C, respectively.
They can be separated by:
a. Simple distillation and isohexane comes out first
b. Fractional distillation and isohexane comes out first.
c. Simple distillation and 3-Methylpentane comes out first.
d. Fractional distillation and 3-Methylpentane comes out first
Answer: b
Solution: When the difference between the B.P. of the two liquids is less than around 40 o C,
fractional distillation is more efficient. The difference between the boiling points of isohexane and
3-methylpentane is only 3 degrees. So, fractional distillation is the best suitable method. Since,
isohexane has a lower boiling point, it comes out first.

17. Which of the given statement is incorrect about glucose?

a. Glucose exists in two crystalline forms  and 
b. Glucose gives Schiff's test.
c. Penta acetate of glucose does not form oxime.
d. Glucose forms oxime with hydroxylamine.
Answer: b
Solution: Glucose exists in two crystalline forms  and  which are anomers of each other

Glucose does not react with Schiff’s reagent because after the internal cyclisation, it forms either -
anomer or -anomer. In these forms, free aldehydic group is not present.
Glucose forms open chain structure in aqueous solution which contains aldehyde at chain end. This
aldehydic group reacts with NH4 OH to form oxime. On the other hand, glucose penta acetate being a
cyclic structure even in aqueous form does not have terminal carbonyl group. Therefore it will not
react with NH4 OH.
18. The reagent used for the given conversion is:

a. H2 , Pd
b. B2 H6
c. NaBH4
d. LiAlH4

Answer: b
Solution: B2 H6 does not reduce amide, carbonyl group and cyanide. It selectively reduces
carboxylic acid to alcohol. So, for this conversion, it is the best suitable reagent.

8th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 9

19. 0.3 g [ML6 ]Cl3 of molar mass 267.46 g/mol is reacted with 0.125 M AgNO3 (aq) solution,
calculate volume of AgNO3 required in mL.

Answer: 26.92
Solution: To react completely with one mole of [ML6 ]Cl3 , 3 moles of AgNO3 is required.

0.3
0.3 g [ML6 ]Cl3 means 267.46moles of [ML6 ]Cl3.

0.3×3
So, moles of AgNO3 required will be 267.46moles

To find the volume,

0.3×3
= 0.125× V(L)
267.46
V(L) = 0.02692
V(mL) = 26.92

20. Given : 2H2 O → O2 + 4H + + 4e– ; E° = – 1.23 V

Calculate the electrode potential at pH= 5.
Answer: -0.93
Solution:
2H2 O → O2 + 4H + + 4e– ; E° = – 1.23 V
0.0591
E = –1.23 – log [H + ]4
4

= –1.23 + (0.0591 × pH)= –1.23 + 0.0591 × 5

= –1.23 + 0.2955 = – 0.9345 V = –0.93 V
21. Calculate the mass of FeSO4 . 7H2 O, which must be added in 100 kg of wheat to get 10 ppm of
Fe.
Answer: 4.96
Solution: 10 ppm of Fe means 10 g of Fe in 106 g of wheat. So, for 100 kg i.e., 105 g
278
of wheat. Fe needed is 1 g. So, for 1 g of Fe, the mass of FeSO4 . 7H2 O required is 56
= 4.96 g.

8th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 10

22. A gas undergoes expansion according to the following graph. Calculate work done by the gas
(in Joules).

Answer: 48
Solution:
Work done by the gas
= The area under the curve
= (Area of the square) + (Area of the triangle)
= 48 J

23. The number of chiral centres in Penicillin is ____.

Answer: 3
Solution: The structure of penicillin is shown below:

So, the number of chiral centres= 3

8th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 11

 JEE Main 2020 Paper

Date: 8th January 2020 (Shift 1)

Time: 9:30 A.M. to 12:30 P.M.
Subject: Mathematics

1. The maximum values of 19𝐶𝑝 , 20𝐶𝑞 , 21𝐶𝑟 are 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 respectively. Then, the relation
between 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 is
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
a. = 42 = 11 b. = 22 = 42
22 11
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
c. = = d. = =
22 11 42 21 11 22

Answer: (𝑏)

Solution:
𝑛
2
, 𝑛 is even
𝑛
We know that, 𝐶𝑟 is maximum when 𝑟 = {𝑛+1 𝑛−1
or , 𝑛 is odd
2 2

Therefore, max( 19𝐶𝑝 ) = 19

𝐶9 = 𝑎

max( 20𝐶𝑞 ) = 20
𝐶10 = 𝑏

max( 21𝐶𝑟 ) = 21
𝐶11 = 𝑐
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
∴ 19 = 20 = 21 20
𝐶9 × 19𝐶9 × × 19𝐶9
10 11 10

𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
= = 42
1 2
11

𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
⟹
11
= 22 = 42.

1 1
2. Let 𝑃(𝐴) = , 𝑃(𝐵) = where 𝐴 and 𝐵 are independent events, then
3 6
𝐴 2 𝐴 5
a. 𝑃 ( ) = b. 𝑃 ( ′ ) =
𝐵 3 𝐵 6
𝐴 1 𝐴 1
c. 𝑃 (𝐵′ ) = 3 d. 𝑃 (𝐵) = 6

Answer: (𝑐)

Solution:
If 𝑋 and 𝑌 are independent events, then
𝑋 𝑃(𝑋 ∩ 𝑌) 𝑃(𝑋)𝑃(𝑌)
𝑃( ) = = = 𝑃(𝑋)
𝑌 𝑃(𝑌) 𝑃(𝑌)

8th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 1

 𝐴 1 𝐴 1
Therefore, 𝑃 ( ) = 𝑃(𝐴) = ⟹ 𝑃 (𝐵′ ) = 𝑃(𝐴) = 3.
𝐵 3

82𝑥 −8−2𝑥
3. If 𝑓(𝑥) = , then inverse of 𝑓(𝑥) is
82𝑥 +8−2𝑥
1 1+𝑥 1 1−𝑥
a. log 8 (1−𝑥) b. log 8 (1+𝑥)
2 2

1 1−𝑥 1 1+𝑥
c. log 8 (1+𝑥) d. log 8 (1−𝑥)
4 4

Answer: (𝑑)
Solution:

82𝑥 − 8−2𝑥 84𝑥 − 1

𝑓(𝑥) = =
82𝑥 + 8−2𝑥 84𝑥 + 1
84𝑥 −1
Put 𝑦 =
84𝑥 +1
Applying componendo-dividendo on both sides
𝑦 + 1 2 × 84𝑥
=
𝑦−1 −2
𝑦+1 1+𝑦
𝑦−1
= −84𝑥 ⇒ 84𝑥 = 1−𝑦

1 1+𝑦
⇒ 𝑥 = 4 log 8 (1−𝑦)

1 1+𝑥
𝑓 −1 (𝑥) = 4 log 8 (1−𝑥).

4. Roots of the equation 𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 45 = 0, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑹 lies on the curve |𝑧 + 1| = 2√10, where 𝑧

is a complex number, then
a. 𝑏 2 + 𝑏 = 12 b. 𝑏 2 − 𝑏 = 36
2
c. 𝑏 − 𝑏 = 30 d. 𝑏 2 + 𝑏 = 30
Answer: (𝑐)
Solution:

Given 𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 45 = 0, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑹, let roots of the equation be 𝑝 ± 𝑖𝑞

Then, sum of roots = 2𝑝 = −𝑏

Product of roots = 𝑝2 + 𝑞 2 = 45

As 𝑝 ± 𝑖𝑞 lies on |𝑧 + 1| = 2√10, we get

(𝑝 + 1)2 + 𝑞 2 = 40

⇒ 𝑝2 + 𝑞 2 + 2𝑝 + 1 = 40

8th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 2

 ⇒ 45 − 𝑏 + 1 = 40
⇒𝑏=6

⇒ 𝑏 2 − 𝑏 = 30.

𝑥 2 +𝛼
5. Rolle’s theorem is applicable on 𝑓(𝑥) = ln ( ) in [3, 4]. The value of 𝑓′′(𝑐) is equal
7𝑥
to
1 −1
a. 12
b. 12
−1 1
c. 6
d. 6

Answer: (𝑎)
Solution:
Rolle’s theorem is applicable on 𝑓(𝑥) in [3, 4]
⇒ 𝑓(3) = 𝑓(4)
9+𝛼 16 + 𝛼
⇒ ln ( ) = ln ( )
21 28
9 + 𝛼 16 + 𝛼
⇒ =
21 28
⇒ 36 + 4𝛼 = 48 + 3𝛼
⇒ 𝛼 = 12
Now,
𝑥 2 + 12 7𝑥 7𝑥 × 2𝑥 − (𝑥 2 + 12) × 7
𝑓(𝑥) = ln ( ) ⇒ 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = 2 ×
7𝑥 𝑥 + 12 (7𝑥)2

𝑥 2 − 12
𝑓 ′ (𝑥) =
𝑥(𝑥 2 + 12)

𝑓 ′ (𝑐) = 0 ⇒ 𝑐 = 2√3
−𝑥 4 + 48𝑥 2 + 144
𝑓 ′′ (𝑥) =
𝑥 2 (𝑥 2 + 12)2
1
𝑓 ′′ (𝑐) = 12.

𝜋 𝜋
6. Let 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 cos −1(sin(−|𝑥|)) , 𝑥 ∈ (− 2 , 2 ), then
𝜋
a. 𝑓 ′ (0) = −
2
b. 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) is not defined at 𝑥 = 0
𝜋 𝜋
c. 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) is decreasing in (− , 0) and 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) is decreasing in (0, )
2 2
𝜋 𝜋
d. 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) is increasing in (− , 0) and 𝑓′(𝑥) is increasing in (0, )
2 2

8th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 3

 Answer: (𝑐)
Solution:
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 cos−1(sin(−|𝑥|))

⇒ 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 cos−1(− sin |𝑥|)

⇒ 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥[𝜋 − cos −1(sin |𝑥|)]

𝜋
⇒ 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 [𝜋 − ( − sin−1(sin |𝑥|))]
2
𝜋
⇒ 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 ( + |𝑥|)
2
𝜋
𝑥 ( + 𝑥) , 𝑥≥0
⇒ 𝑓(𝑥) = { 𝜋 2
𝑥 ( − 𝑥) , 𝑥<0
2
𝜋
( + 2𝑥) , 𝑥≥0
2
⇒ 𝑓′(𝑥) = { 𝜋
( − 2𝑥) , 𝑥<0
2
𝜋 𝜋
Therefore, 𝑓′(𝑥) is decreasing (− , 0) and increasing in (0, ).
2 2

7. Ellipse 2𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 1 and 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 meet at a point 𝑃 in the first quadrant. Normal to the

1
ellipse at 𝑃 meets 𝑥 −axis at (− 3 , 0) and 𝑦 −axis at (0, 𝛽), then |𝛽| is
√2
2 2√2
a. b.
3 3
√2 2
c. d.
3 √3

Answer: (𝑐)

Solution:

8th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 4

 Let 𝑃 ≡ (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 )

2𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 1 is given equation of ellipse.

⇒ 4𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 ′ = 0
2𝑥1
⇒ 𝑦 ′ |(𝑥1 ,𝑦1 ) = −
𝑦1
𝑦1
Therefore, slope of normal at 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) is 2𝑥1

Equation of normal at 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) is

𝑦1
(𝑦 − 𝑦1 ) = (𝑥 − 𝑥1 )
2𝑥1
1
It passes through (− 3 , 0)
√2

𝑦1 1
⇒ −𝑦1 = (− − 𝑥1 )
2𝑥1 3√2
1
⇒ 𝑥1 =
3√2
2√2
⇒ 𝑦1 = 3
as 𝑃 lies in first quadrant

Since (0, 𝛽) lies on the normal of the ellipse at point 𝑃, hence we get

𝑦1 √2
𝛽= =
2 3

8. If 𝐴𝐵𝐶 is a triangle whose vertices are 𝐴(1, −1), 𝐵(0, 2), 𝐶(𝑥 ′ , 𝑦′) and area of Δ𝐴𝐵𝐶 is
5, and 𝐶(𝑥 ′ , 𝑦′) lies on 3𝑥 + 𝑦 − 4𝜆 = 0, then
a. 𝜆 = 3 b. 𝜆 = 4
c. 𝜆 = −3 d. 𝜆 = 2
Answer: (𝑎)
Solution:
Area of triangle is

1 0 2 1
𝐴 = |1 −1 1| = ±5
2 𝑥′ 𝑦′ 1
−2(1 − 𝑥 ′ ) + (𝑦 ′ + 𝑥 ′ ) = ±10
−2 + 2𝑥 ′ + 𝑦 ′ + 𝑥 ′ = ±10
3𝑥 ′ + 𝑦 ′ = 12 or 3𝑥 ′ + 𝑦 ′ = −8
⇒ 𝜆 = 3 or −2

8th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 5

 𝑥−3 𝑦−8 𝑧−3 𝑥+3 𝑦+7 𝑧−6
9. Shortest distance between the lines = = , = = is
1 4 22 1 1 7
a. 3√30 b. √30
c. 2√30 d. 4√30
Answer: (𝑎)

Solution:
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ = −3𝑖̂ − 7𝑗̂ + 6𝑘̂ − (3𝑖̂ + 8𝑗̂ + 3𝑘̂ ) = −6𝑖̂ − 15𝑗̂ + 3𝑘̂
𝐴𝐵

𝑝 = 𝑖̂ + 4𝑗̂ + 22𝑘̂

𝑞 = 𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 7𝑘̂

𝑖̂ 𝑗̂ 𝑘̂
𝑝 × 𝑞 = |1 4 22| = 6𝑖̂ + 15𝑗̂ − 3𝑘̂
1 1 7
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ .(𝑝×𝑞⃗)|
|𝐴𝐵 |36+225+9|
Shortest distance = = = 3√30.
|𝑝×𝑞⃗| √36+225+9

cos 𝑥 1
𝜋
10. Let ∫ 2 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑓(𝑥)(1 + sin6 𝑥)𝜆 + 𝑐, then the value of 𝜆𝑓 (3 ) is
sin3 𝑥(1+sin6 𝑥 )3
a. −4 b. −2
c. 8 d. 4

Answer: (𝑏)
Solution:
Let sin 𝑥 = 𝑡 ⇒ cos 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑑𝑡
𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡
∴∫ 2 =∫ 2
𝑡 3 (1+𝑡 6 )3 1
𝑡 7 (1+ 6 )3
𝑡
1
Let 1 + 𝑡 6 = 𝑢 ⇒ −6𝑡 −7 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑑𝑢
1
1
𝑑𝑡 1 𝑑𝑢 3 1 1 3
⇒∫ 2 = −6∫ 2 = − 6 𝑢 + 𝑐 = − 2 (1 +
3 ) +𝑐
1 𝑡6
𝑡 7 (1+ 6 )3 𝑢3
𝑡

1
(1+sin6 𝑥 )3 1
=− +𝑐 = 𝑓(𝑥)(1 + sin6 𝑥)𝜆
2 sin2 𝑥
1
∴ 𝜆 = 3 and 𝑓(𝑥) = −
2 sin2 𝑥

𝜋
⇒ 𝜆𝑓 (3) = −2.

8th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 6

 𝑑𝑦
11. If 𝑦(𝑥) is a solution of the differential equation √1 − 𝑥 2 + √1 − 𝑦 2 = 0 , such that
𝑑𝑥
1 √3
𝑦 (2) = 2
, then
1 1 1 1
a. 𝑦 ( 2) = − 2 b. 𝑦 ( 2) = 2
√ √ √
1 1 1 √3
c. 𝑦 ( 2) = d. 𝑦 ( 2) =
√ √2 √ 2

Answer: (𝑐)

Solution:
𝑑𝑦
√1 − 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥 + √1 − 𝑦 2 = 0
𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑥
⇒ + =0
√1−𝑦 2 √1−𝑥 2

⇒ sin−1 𝑦 + sin−1 𝑥 = 𝑐

1 √3
If 𝑥 = 2 , 𝑦 = 2
then,

√3 1
sin−1 2
+ sin−1 2 = 𝑐

𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
∴3+6=𝑐⇒𝑐= 2

𝜋
⇒ sin−1 𝑦 = − sin−1 𝑥 = cos −1 𝑥
2

1
∴ sin−1 𝑦 = cos −1
√2
𝜋
⟹ sin−1 𝑦 =
4

1 1
⟹ 𝑦 ( 2) =
√ √2

1
3𝑥 2 +2 𝑥2
12. lim ( ) is equal to
𝑥→0 7𝑥 2 +2
−2
a. 𝑒 b. 𝑒 2
3 2
c. 𝑒 7 d. 𝑒 7
Answer: (𝑎)

Solution:
1
3𝑥 2 +2 𝑥2
Let 𝐿 = lim ( ) [Intermediate form 1∞ ]
𝑥→0 7𝑥 2 +2

8th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 7

 1 3𝑥2 +2
lim ( −1)
∴𝐿 =𝑒 𝑥→0 2 7𝑥2 +2
𝑥

1 4𝑥2
lim (− 2 )
=𝑒 𝑥→0 𝑥2 7𝑥 +2

= 𝑒 −2.

13. In a bag there are 5 red balls, 3 white balls and 4 black balls. Four balls are drawn from
the bag. Find the number of ways in which at most 3 red balls are selected.
a. 360 b. 450
c. 490 d. 510
Answer: (𝑐)
Solution:
Number of ways to select at most 3 red balls = 𝑃(0 red balls) +𝑃(1 red ball) +
𝑃(2 red balls ) +𝑃(3 red balls)

= 7𝐶4 + 5𝐶1 × 7𝐶3 + 5𝐶2 × 7𝐶2 + 5𝐶3 × 7𝐶1

= 35 + 175 + 210 + 70 = 490.

14. Let 𝑓(𝑥) = [sin(tan−1 𝑥) + sin(cot −1 𝑥) ]2 − 1 where |𝑥| > 1 and

𝑑𝑦 1 𝑑
=2 (sin−1 𝑓(𝑥)) . If 𝑦(√3) = 𝜋6 then 𝑦(−√3) is equal to
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
5𝜋 𝜋
a. b. − 6
6
2𝜋 𝜋
c. d.
3 3

Answer: (𝑏)

Solution:
𝑓(𝑥) = [sin(tan−1 𝑥) + sin(cot −1 𝑥) ]2 − 1

⇒ 𝑓(𝑥) = [sin(tan−1 𝑥 ) + cos (tan−1 𝑥)]2 − 1

⇒ 𝑓(𝑥) = sin(2 tan−1 𝑥)

𝑑𝑦 1 𝑑
Now, =2 (sin−1 (𝑓(𝑥)))
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥

⇒ 2𝑦 = sin−1(𝑓(𝑥)) + 𝑐
𝜋
If 𝑥 = √3, 𝑦 =
6
𝜋
∴ 3
= sin−1 (sin(2 tan−1 √3)) + 𝑐

8th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 8

 𝜋 2𝜋
⇒ 3
= sin−1 (sin ( 3 )) + 𝑐
𝜋 𝜋
⇒ 3
= 3+𝑐 ⇒𝑐 =0

⇒ 2𝑦 = sin−1 sin(2 tan−1 𝑥)

When 𝑥 = −√3
2𝜋 𝜋
2𝑦 = sin−1 (sin (2tan−1 (−√3)) ) = sin−1 (sin (− 3
)) = −3
𝜋
⇒ 𝑦 = − 6.

15. The system of equation 3𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 5𝑧 = 𝜇

𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 3𝑧 = 1
4𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 4𝑧 = 𝛿
is inconsistent, then (𝜇, 𝛿) can be

a. (4, 6) b. (1, 0)
c. (4, 3) d. (3, 4)
Answer: (𝑐)
Solution:
3 4 5
𝐷 = | 1 2 3|
4 4 4
𝑅3 → 𝑅3 − 2𝑅1 + 2𝑅2
3 4 5
𝐷 = | 1 2 3| = 0
0 0 0
For inconsistent system, one of 𝐷𝑥 , 𝐷𝑦 , 𝐷𝑧 should not be equal to 0
𝜇 4 5 3 𝜇 5
𝐷𝑥 = |1 2 3| 𝐷𝑦 = |1 1 3|
𝛿 4 4 4 𝛿 4
3 4 𝜇
𝐷𝑧 = |1 2 1|
4 4 𝛿
For inconsistent system, 2𝜇 ≠ 𝛿 + 2
∴ The system will be inconsistent for 𝜇 = 4, 𝛿 = 3.

8th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 9

16. If volume of parallelepiped whose conterminous edges are 𝑢 ⃗ = 𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + λ 𝑘̂ ,
𝑣 = 2𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ and 𝑤
⃗⃗ = 𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 3𝑘̂ is 1 cubic units. Then, the cosine of angle between 𝑢
⃗
and 𝑣 is
5 5
a. b.
3√10 7
7 7
c. d.
6√3 3√3

Answer: (𝑐)
Solution:
Volume of parallelepiped = [𝑢
⃗ 𝑣 𝑤
⃗⃗ ]
1 1 𝜆
⇒ |1 1 3| = ±1
2 1 1
⇒ 𝜆 = 2 or 4
For 𝜆 = 4,
2+1+4 7
cos 𝜃 = = .
√6√18 6√3

17. If 21−𝑥 + 21+𝑥 , 𝑓(𝑥), 3𝑥 + 3−𝑥 are in 𝐴. 𝑃. then the minimum value of 𝑓(𝑥) is
a. 4 b. 2
c. 3 d. 1
Answer: (𝑐)
Solution:
21−𝑥 + 21+𝑥 , 𝑓(𝑥), 3𝑥 + 3−𝑥 are in A.P.

3𝑥 + 3−𝑥 + 21+𝑥 + 21−𝑥 (3𝑥 + 3−𝑥 ) 21+𝑥 + 21−𝑥

∴ 𝑓(𝑥) = = +
2 2 2
Applying A.M. ≥ G.M. inequality, we get
(3𝑥 + 3−𝑥 )
≥ √3𝑥 . 3−𝑥
2
(3𝑥 +3−𝑥 )
⟹ ≥1 … (1)
2

Also, Applying A.M. ≥ G.M. inequality, we get

21+𝑥 + 21−𝑥
≥ √21+𝑥 . 21−𝑥
2
21+𝑥 + 21−𝑥
⟹ ≥2 … (2)
2

8th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 10

 Adding (1) and (2), we get
𝑓(𝑥) ≥ 1 + 2 = 3
Thus, minimum value of 𝑓(𝑥) is 3.

18. Which of the following is tautology?

a. (𝑝 ∧ (𝑝 ⟶ 𝑞)) ⟶ 𝑞 b. 𝑞 ⟶ 𝑝 ∧ (𝑝 ⟶ 𝑞)
c. (𝑝 ∧ (𝑝 ∨ 𝑞)) d. (𝑝 ∨ (𝑝 ∧ 𝑞)
Answer: (𝑎)

Solution:
(𝑝 ∧ (𝑝 ⟶ 𝑞)) ⟶ 𝑞
= (𝑝 ∧ (∽ 𝑝 ∨ 𝑞)) ⟶ 𝑞
= [(𝑝 ∧∼ 𝑝) ∨ (𝑝 ∧ 𝑞)] ⟶ 𝑞
= (𝑝 ∧ 𝑞) ⟶ 𝑞
=∼ (𝑝 ∧ 𝑞) ∨ 𝑞

=∼ 𝑝 ∨∼ 𝑞 ∨ 𝑞
=𝑇

19. 𝐴 is a 3 × 3 matrix whose elements are from the set {−1, 0, 1}. Find the number of
matrices 𝐴 such that 𝑡𝑟(𝐴𝐴𝑇 ) = 3 where 𝑡𝑟(𝐴) is sum of diagonal elements of matrix 𝐴
a. 612 b. 572
c. 672 d. 682
Answer: (𝑐)

Solution:

𝑡𝑟(𝐴𝐴𝑇 ) = 3
𝑎11 𝑎12 𝑎13
Let 𝐴 = [𝑎21 𝑎22 𝑎23 ]
𝑎31 𝑎32 𝑎33
𝑎11 𝑎21 𝑎31
𝑇
𝐴 = [𝑎12 𝑎22 𝑎32 ]
𝑎13 𝑎23 𝑎33
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
𝑡𝑟(𝐴𝐴𝑇 ) = 𝑎11 + 𝑎12 + 𝑎13 + 𝑎21 + 𝑎22 + 𝑎23 + 𝑎31 + 𝑎32 + 𝑎33 =3

So out of 9 elements (𝑎𝑖𝑗 )’s, 3 elements must be equal to 1 or −1 and rest elements must
be 0.
So, the total possible cases will be

8th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 11

 When there is 6(0′ 𝑠) and 3(1′ 𝑠) then the total possibilities is 9𝐶6

For 6(0′ 𝑠) and 3(−1′ 𝑠) total possibilities is 9𝐶6

For 6(0′ 𝑠), 2(1′ 𝑠) and 1(−1′ 𝑠) total possibilities is 9𝐶6 × 3

For 6(0′ 𝑠), 1(1′ 𝑠) and 2(−1′ 𝑠) total possibilities is 9𝐶6 × 3

∴ Total number of cases = 9𝐶6 × 8 = 672.

20. Mean and standard deviation of 10 observations are 20 and 2 respectively. If 𝑝 (𝑝 ≠ 0)

is multiplied to each observation and then 𝑞 (𝑞 ≠ 0) is subtracted from each of them,
then new mean and standard deviation becomes half of it’s original value. Then find 𝑞
a. 10 b. −20
c. −5 d. −10

Answer: (𝑏)
Solution:
If mean 𝑥̅ is multiplied by 𝑝 and then 𝑞 is subtracted from it,
then new mean 𝑥̅ ′ = 𝑝𝑥̅ − 𝑞
1
∴ 𝑥̅ ′ = 2 𝑥̅ and 𝑥̅ = 10

⇒ 10 = 20𝑝 − 𝑞 … (1)
If standard deviation is multiplied by 𝑝, new standard deviation (𝜎 ′ ) is 𝑝 times of the
initial standard deviation (𝜎).
𝜎 ′ = |𝑝|𝜎
1 1
⇒ 𝜎 = |𝑝|𝜎 ⇒ |𝑝| =
2 2
1
If 𝑝 = 2, 𝑞 = 0
1
If 𝑝 = − 2, 𝑞 = −20.

21. Let 𝑃 be a point on 𝑥 2 = 4𝑦. The segment joining 𝐴(0, −1) and 𝑃 is divided by a point 𝑄
in the ratio 1: 2, then locus of point 𝑄 is
a. 9𝑥 2 = 3𝑦 + 2 b. 9𝑥 2 = 12𝑦 + 8

c. 9𝑦 2 = 3𝑥 + 2 d. 9𝑦 2 = 12𝑥 + 8
Answer: (𝑏)
Solution:
Let point 𝑃 be (2𝑡, 𝑡 2 ) and 𝑄 be (ℎ, 𝑘).

8th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 12

 2𝑡 −2 + 𝑡 2
ℎ= ,𝑘 =
3 3
Now, eliminating 𝑡 from the above equations we get:

3ℎ 2
3𝑘 + 2 = ( )
2

Replacing ℎ and 𝑘 by 𝑥 and 𝑦, we get the locus of the curve as 9𝑥 2 = 12𝑦 + 8.

22. If the curves 𝑦 2 = 𝑎𝑥 and 𝑥 2 = 𝑎𝑦 intersect each other at 𝐴 and 𝐵 such that the area
bounded by the curves is bisected by the line 𝑥 = 𝑏 (given a > 𝑏 > 0) and the area of
1
triangle formed by the lines 𝐴𝐵, 𝑥 = 𝑏 and the 𝑥-axis is . Then
2
a. 𝑎6 + 12𝑎3 + 4 = 0 b. 𝑎6 + 12𝑎3 − 4 = 0
c. 𝑎6 − 12𝑎3 + 4 = 0 d. 𝑎6 − 12𝑎3 − 4 = 0
Answer: (𝑐)

Solution:

1
Given, 𝑎𝑟(∆𝐴𝑃𝑄) = 2

1 1
⟹ ×𝑏×𝑏 =
2 2

⇒𝑏=1

As per the question

1 𝑎
𝑥2 1 𝑥2
⇒ ∫ (√𝑎𝑥 − ) 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ (√𝑎𝑥 − ) 𝑑𝑥
𝑎 2 𝑎
0 0

2 1 𝑎2
⇒ √𝑎 − =
3 3𝑎 6

8th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 13

 𝑎3
⇒ 2𝑎√𝑎 − 1 =
2

⇒ 4𝑎√𝑎 = 2 + 𝑎3

⇒ 16𝑎3 = 4 + 𝑎6 + 4𝑎3

⇒ 𝑎6 − 12𝑎3 + 4 = 0.

23. The sum ∑20

𝑘=1(1 + 2 + 3+. … . + 𝑘) is _____________.

Answer: (1540)

Solution:
20
𝑘(𝑘 + 1)
=∑
2
𝑘=1
20
1
= ∑ 𝑘2 + 𝑘
2
𝑘=1

1 20(21)(41) 20(21)
= [ + ]
2 6 2
1
= [2870 + 210]
2
= 1540.

33
24. If 2𝑥 2 + (𝑎 − 10)𝑥 + 2
= 2𝑎, 𝑎 ∈ 𝐙+ has real roots, then minimum value of ′𝑎′ is equal to
____________.
Answer: (8)
Solution:
33
∵ 2𝑥 2 + (𝑎 − 10)𝑥 + 2
= 2𝑎, 𝑎 ∈ 𝐙+ has real roots

⇒𝐷≥0
33
⇒ (𝑎 − 10)2 − 4 × 2 × ( 2 − 2𝑎) ≥ 0

⇒ (𝑎 − 10)2 − 4(33 − 4𝑎) ≥ 0

⇒ 𝑎2 − 4𝑎 − 32 ≥ 0 ⇒ 𝑎 ∈ (−∞, 4] ∪ [8, ∞ )
Thus, minimum value of ′𝑎′ ∀ 𝑎 ∈ 𝐙 + is 8.

8th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 14

 3
25. If normal at 𝑃 on the curve 𝑦 2 − 3𝑥 2 + 𝑦 + 10 = 0 passes through the point (0, 2
) and
the slope of tangent at 𝑃 is 𝑛. The value of |𝑛| is equal to____________.

Answer: (4)

Solution:
Let co-ordinate of 𝑃 be (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 )
Differentiating the curve w.r.t 𝑥
2𝑦𝑦 ′ − 6𝑥 + 𝑦 ′ = 0
Slope of tangent at 𝑃
6𝑥1
⇒ 𝑦′ =
1 + 2𝑦1

3
𝑦1 − 2
∵ 𝑚normal = ( )
𝑥1 − 0

∵ 𝑚normal × 𝑚tangent = −1
3
−𝑦1 6𝑥1
2
⇒ × = −1
−𝑥1 1+2𝑦1
⇒ 𝑦1 = 1
⇒ 𝑥1 = ±2
12
Slope of tangent =± = ±4
3
⇒ |𝑛| = 4

8th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 15

 JEE Main 2020 Paper

Date of Exam: 𝟖𝐭𝐡 January (Shift II)

Time: 2:30 pm – 5:30 pm
Subject: Physics

1. Find magnetic field at O. Where R is the radius of the loop

𝜇𝑜 𝑖 −1 𝜇𝑜 𝑖
a. [ + 𝜋] b. [ 𝜋 − 1]
2𝜋𝑅 √2 2𝜋𝑅
𝜇𝑜 𝑖 𝜇𝑜 𝑖 1
c. d. [ + 𝜋]
2𝑅 2𝜋𝑅 √2

Solution: (d)

To get magnetic field at O, we need to find magnetic field due to each current carrying
part 1, 2, 3 and 4 individually.

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 1

 Let’s take total magnetic field as 𝐵𝑇 , then

⃗𝑇 =𝐵
𝐵 ⃗1+𝐵
⃗2+𝐵
⃗3+𝐵
⃗4

Since 2 and 4 are parts of same wire, hence

⃗ 𝑇 = 𝜇𝑜 𝑖 (sin 90° − sin 45°)(−𝑘̂) + 𝜇𝑜 𝑖 𝑘̂ + 𝜇𝑜𝑖 (sin 90° + sin 45°)𝑘̂

𝐵 4𝜋𝑅 2𝑅 4𝜋𝑅

−𝜇𝑜 𝑖 1 𝜇𝑜 𝑖 𝜇 𝑖 1
= [1 − ]+ 𝑜
+ 4𝜋𝑅 [1 + ] 𝑘̂
4𝜋𝑅 √2 2𝑅 √2

⃗ 𝑇 = 𝜇𝑜 𝑖 [√2 + 2𝜋] 𝑘̂
𝐵 4𝜋𝑅

⃗ 𝑇 = 𝜇𝑜 𝑖 [
𝐵
1
+ 𝜋] 𝑘̂
2𝜋𝑅 √2

𝑘̂ denotes that direction of magnetic field is in the plane coming out of the plane of
current.

2. Position of particle as a function of time is given as 𝑟 = cos 𝜔𝑡 𝑖̂ + sin 𝜔𝑡 𝑗̂, where 𝜔 is

constant. Choose correct statement about 𝑟, 𝑣 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑎 where 𝑣 and 𝑎 are the velocity and
acceleration of the particle at time 𝑡.
a. 𝑣 and 𝑎 are perpendicular to 𝑟
b. 𝑣 is parallel to 𝑟 and 𝑎 parallel to 𝑟
c. 𝑣 is perpendicular to 𝑟 and 𝑎 is away from the origin
d. 𝑣 is perpendicular to 𝑟 and 𝑎 is towards the origin

Solution:(d)
𝑟 = cos 𝜔𝑡 𝑖̂ + sin 𝜔𝑡 𝑗̂
𝑑𝑟
𝑣= = 𝜔[−sin 𝜔𝑡 𝑖̂ + cos 𝜔𝑡 𝑗̂]
𝑑𝑡
𝑑𝑣
⃗
𝑎= = −𝜔2 [cos 𝜔𝑡 𝑖̂ + sin 𝜔𝑡 𝑗̂]
𝑑𝑡
𝑎 = −𝜔2 𝑟
Since there is negative sign in acceleration, this means that acceleration is in opposite
direction of 𝑟

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 2

 For velocity direction we can take dot product of 𝑣 and 𝑟.
𝑣 . 𝑟 = 𝜔 (−sin 𝜔𝑡 𝑖̂ + cos 𝜔𝑡 𝑗̂). (cos 𝜔𝑡 𝑖̂ + sin 𝜔𝑡 𝑗̂)
= 𝜔[−sin 𝜔𝑡 cos 𝜔𝑡 + cos 𝜔𝑡 sin 𝜔𝑡] = 0
which implies that 𝑣 is perpendicular to 𝑟.
3. Two uniformly charged solid spheres are such that 𝐸1 is electric field at surface of 1𝑠𝑡
sphere due to itself. 𝐸2 is electric field at surface of 2𝑛𝑑 sphere due to itself. 𝑟1 , 𝑟2 are
𝐸 𝑟
radius of 1𝑠𝑡 and 2𝑛𝑑 sphere respectively. If 𝐸1 = 𝑟1 then ratio of potential at the surface
2 2
of spheres 1 and 2
𝑠𝑡 𝑛𝑑
due to their self charges is :
𝑟 2
a. 1 𝑟
b. (𝑟1 )
𝑟2
2
𝑟2
c. 𝑟2 2
𝑟1 d. (𝑟 )
1

Solution: (b)
𝐸1 𝑟1
=
𝐸2 𝑟2
𝑉1 𝐸1 𝑟1 𝑟1 𝑟1 𝑟1 2
= = × =( )
𝑉2 𝐸2 𝑟2 𝑟2 𝑟2 𝑟2

4. Velocity of a wave in a wire is v when tension in it is 2.06 × 104 𝑁 . Find value of tension
𝑉
in wire when velocity of wave become 2 .
a. 5.15 × 102 𝑁 b. 9.12 × 104 𝑁
c. 9 × 104 𝑁 d. 5.15 × 103 𝑁

Solution:(d)

𝑉 ∝ √𝑇
𝑉1 𝑇1
=√
𝑉2 𝑇2

2𝑉 2.06 × 104
⇒ =√
𝑉 𝑇
2.06 × 104
⇒𝑇= 𝑁
4
= 5.15 × 103 𝑁

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 3

5. There are two identical particles 𝐴 and 𝐵. One is projected vertically upward with speed
√2𝑔ℎ from ground and other is dropped from height ℎ along the same vertical line.
Colision between them is perfectly inelastic. Find time taken by them to reach the ground
ℎ
after collision in terms of √𝑔 is.

3 1
a. √2 b. √2
c. √3 1
d. √5

Solution:(a)

ℎ
Time taken for the collision 𝑡1 =
√2𝑔ℎ

After 𝑡1

√𝑔ℎ
𝑉𝐴 = 0 – 𝑔𝑡1 = −
2
1
And 𝑉𝐵 = √2𝑔ℎ – 𝑔𝑡1 = √𝑔ℎ [√2 – ]
√2

At the time of collision

⃗⃗𝑖 = ⃗⃗⃗
𝑃 𝑃𝑓

⇒ 𝑚 ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑉𝐴 + 𝑚 ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑉𝐵 = 2 𝑚 ⃗⃗⃗
𝑉𝑓

𝑔ℎ 1
⇒ −√ + √𝑔ℎ [√2– ] = 2 ⃗⃗⃗
𝑉𝑓
2 √2

𝑉𝑓 = 0

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 4

 1 ℎ 3ℎ
And height from the ground = ℎ − 2 𝑔 𝑡12 = ℎ – 4 = .
4

3ℎ
( ) 3ℎ
So, time taken to reach ground after collision = √2 × 4
= √2𝑔
𝑔

6. A Carnot engine, having an efficiency of  = 1/10 as heat engine, is used as a refrigerator.

If the work done on the system is 10 J, the amount of energy absorbed from the reservoir
at lower temperature is
a. 99 J b. 90 J
c. 1 J d. 100 J

Solution:(b )
For Carnot engine using as refrigerator
Work done on engine is given by
𝑊 = 𝑄1 − 𝑄2 … (1)
where 𝑄1 is heat rejected to the reservoir at higher temperature and 𝑄2 is the heat
absorbed from the reservoir at lower temperature.
It is given  = 1/10
𝑄2
𝜂 =1−
𝑄1
𝑄 9
⟹ 𝑄2 = 10 ….. (2)
1

We are given, 𝑊 = 10 J
Therefore, from equations (1) and (2),
10
𝑄2 =
10
9 −1
⇒ 𝑄2 = 90 J

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 5

7. Two liquid columns of same height 5 𝑚 and densities 𝜌 and 2𝜌 are filled in a container of
uniform cross -sectional area. Then ratio of force exerted by the liquid on upper half of
the wall to lower half of the wall is

2 1
a. b.
3 2
1 2
c. d.
4 5

Solution:(c)

The net force exerted on the wall by one type of liquid will be average value of pressure
due to that liquid multiplied by the area of the wall.
Here, since the pressure due a liquid of uniform density varies linearly with depth, its
average will be just the mean value of pressure at the top and pressure at the bottom.
So,
𝑃1 = 0
𝑃2 = 𝜌𝑔 × 5
𝑃3 = 5𝜌𝑔 + 2𝜌𝑔 × 5

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 6

 𝑃1 + 𝑃2
𝐹1 = ( )𝐴
2
𝑃2 + 𝑃3
𝐹2 = ( )𝐴
2
So,
𝐹1 1
=
𝐹2 4

8. A uniform solid sphere of radius 𝑅 has a cavity of radius 1 𝑚 cut from it. If the center of
mass of the system lies at the periphery of the cavity then

a. (𝑅2 + 𝑅 + 1)(2 − 𝑅) = 1 b. (𝑅2 − 𝑅 − 1)(2 − 𝑅) = 1

c. (𝑅2 − 𝑅 + 1)(2 − 𝑅) = 1 d. (𝑅2 + 𝑅 − 1)(2 − 𝑅) = 1

Solution (a)

Let 𝑀 be the mass of the sphere and 𝑀’ be the mass of the cavity.
Mass of the remaining part of the sphere = 𝑀 – 𝑀’

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 7

 Mass moments of the cavity and the remaining part of sphere about the original CoM
should add up to zero.
(𝑀 − 𝑀′ )(2 − 𝑅) − 𝑀 ′ (𝑅 − 1) = 0

(Mass of the cavity to be taken negative)

4 4
⇒ 𝜋(𝑅3 − 13 )𝜌𝑔 (2 − 𝑅) = 𝜋(1)3 𝜌𝑔(𝑅 − 1)
3 3
⇒ (𝑅3 − 13 )(2 − 𝑅) = (13 )(𝑅 − 1)
⇒ (𝑅2 + 𝑅 + 1)(𝑅 − 1)(2 − 𝑅) = (𝑅 − 1)
(using identity)
⇒ (𝑅2 + 𝑅 + 1)(2 − 𝑅) = 1
9. A charge particle of mass 𝑚 and charge 𝑞 is released from rest in uniform electric field.
Its graph between velocity (𝑣) and distance (𝑥) will be :

b.
a.

d.

c.

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 8

 Solution. (b)
Applying work energy theorem,
1
𝑞𝐸𝑥 = 𝑚𝑣 2
2
𝑣2 ∝ 𝑥
Hence, solution will be option (b)

10. In full scale deflection current in galvanometer of 100 Ω resistance is 1 𝑚𝐴. Resistance
required in series to convern it into voltmeter of range 10 𝑉.
a. 0.99 𝐾Ω b. 9.9 𝐾Ω
c. 9.8 𝐾Ω d. 10 𝐾Ω

Solution: (b)
𝑉0 = 𝑖𝑔 𝑅𝑔 = 0.1 𝑣

𝑣 = 10 𝑉
𝑣
𝑅 = 𝑅𝑔 ( − 1)
𝑣𝑔

= 100 × 99 = 9.9 𝐾Ω
𝐶𝑝
11. 𝑛 moles of 𝐻𝑒 and 2𝑛 moles of 𝑂2 are mixed in a container. Then ( 𝐶𝑣 ) will be
𝑚𝑖𝑥
19 13
a. b.
23 19
19 23
c. d.
13 19

Solution: (c)
Using formula
𝑛1 𝐶𝑣1 + 𝑛2 𝐶𝑣2
𝐶𝑣 𝑚𝑖𝑥 =
𝑛1 + 𝑛2
3𝑅 5𝑅
𝑛× +2𝑛× 13𝑅
= 2 2
= (∵ 𝐻𝑒 is monoatomic and 𝑂2 is diatomic)
3𝑛 6

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 9

 19𝑅
𝐶𝑝 𝑚𝑖𝑥 = 𝐶𝑣 𝑚𝑖𝑥 + 𝑅 =
6
𝐶𝑝 𝑚𝑖𝑥 19
∴ 𝛾𝑚𝑖𝑥 = =
𝐶𝑣 𝑚𝑖𝑥 13

12. A solid sphere of mass 𝑚 = 500 𝑔𝑚 is rolling without slipping on a horizontal surface.
Find kinetic energy of the sphere if velocity of center of mass is 5 𝑐𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐.
35 35
a. × 10−4 𝐽 b. × 10−4 𝐽
4 2
c. 21 × 10−4 𝐽 d. 70 × 10−3 𝐽

Solution:(a)

Total K.E. = Translational K.E + Rotational K.E.

1 1
= 𝑚𝑣 2 + 𝐼 2
2 2
1 2
𝑘2
= 𝑚𝑣 (1 + 2 )
2 𝑅

𝑘 is radius of gyration.

1 1 5 2 2
= × ×( ) (1 + )
2 2 100 5
35
= × 10−4 𝐽
4

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 10

13. Two square plates of side 'a' are arranged as shown in the figure. The minimum separation
between plates is 'd' and one of the plates is inclined at small angle 𝛼 with plane parallel
to another plate. The capacitance of capacitor is (given 𝛼 is very small

𝜀0 𝑎 2 𝛼𝑎 𝜀0 𝑎 2 𝛼𝑎
a. (1 − ) b. (1 − 2𝑑 )
𝑑 𝑑 𝑑
𝜀0 𝑎 2 𝛼𝑎 𝜀0 𝑎 2 𝛼𝑎
c. (1 + 2𝑑 ) d. (1 − 4𝑑 )
𝑑 𝑑

Solution:(b)

Let 𝑑𝐶 be the capacitance of the element of thickness 𝑑𝑥

𝜀0 𝑎𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑐 =
𝑑 + 𝛼𝑥
These are effectively in parallel combination
So,

𝐶 = ∫ 𝑑𝑐

𝑎
𝜀0 𝑎𝑑𝑥
𝐶=∫
0 𝑑 + 𝛼𝑥
𝜀0 𝑎 𝑎
⇒𝑐= [ln(𝑑 + 𝛼𝑥 )]
𝛼 0
𝜀0 𝑎 𝛼𝑎
= [ln (1 + )]
𝛼 𝑑
𝜀0 𝑎2 𝛼𝑎
≈ (1 − )
𝑑 2𝑑

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 11

14. In YDSE path difference at a point on the screen is 8  . Find ratio of intensity at this point
with maximum intensity.
a. 0. 533 b. 0.853
c. 0.234 d. 0.123

Solution: (b)
In YDSE, the intensity at a point on the screen varies with the phase difference between
the interfering light waves as:
∆∅
𝐼 = 𝐼0 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 ( )
2
Here, ∆∅ = phase difference between the interfering waves
𝐼0 = maximum intensity on the screen
2𝜋
𝐼 × ∆𝑥 𝜋
2 𝜆
= 𝑐𝑜𝑠 [ ] = cos 2 ( )
𝐼0 2 8

𝐼
= 0.853
𝐼0
15. In the given circuit switch is closed at 𝑡 = 0. The charge flown in time 𝑡 = 𝑇𝑐 (where 𝑇𝑐 is
time constant).

𝜀𝐿 𝜀𝐿
a. b.
𝑒𝑅2 4𝑒𝑅2
1 𝜀𝐿
c.
𝜀𝐿(1− )
𝑒 d. 𝑒𝑅
𝑒𝑅2

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 12

 Solution:(a)
This is standard 𝐿 − 𝑅 growth of current circuit.
𝜀 −𝑡
𝑖 (𝑡 ) = 𝑒 𝑇𝑐
𝑅
Substituting in the integral ,
𝑇𝑐
𝑞 = ∫ (𝑖)𝑑𝑡
0

−𝑡 𝑇𝑐
𝜀 𝑒 𝑇𝑐
= [𝑡 − −1 ]
𝑅
𝑇𝑐
0

𝜀𝐿
= 𝑒𝑅2

1
16. A particle is dropped from height ℎ = 100 𝑚, from surface of a planet. If in last 𝑠 of its
2
journey it covers 19 𝑚, then the value of acceleration due to gravity in that planet is:
(Assume the radius of planet to be much larger then 100 𝑚)

a. 8 𝑚/𝑠 2 b. 7 𝑚/𝑠 2
c. 6 𝑚/𝑠 2 d. 5 𝑚/𝑠 2

Solution:(a)
Since the radius of planet is much larger than100 𝑚, it’s a uniformly accelerated motion.

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 13

 So, Trapezium’s area
1
𝑔([𝑡− +𝑡] 1
𝑠= 2
× 2 = 19 (i)
2
1
𝑔𝑡 2 = 100 (ii)
2

Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get

𝑔 = 8 𝑚/𝑠 2

17. Coming Soon

18. A simple pendulum of length 25.0 𝑐𝑚 makes 40 oscillation in 50 𝑠𝑒𝑐. If resolution of

stopwatch is 1 sec, then accuracy of 𝑔 is (in %)
a. 1.2 b. 3.2
c. 4.4 d. 5.4

Solution:(c)

𝐿
𝑇 = 2𝜋√
𝑔

2𝜋 2
𝑔 = 𝐿. ( )
𝑇
∆𝑔 ∆𝑇 ∆𝐿
=2 +
𝑔 𝑇 𝐿
1 0.1
2( )+ = 4.4%
50 25

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 14

19. An electron is moving initially with velocity 𝑣𝑜 𝑖̂ + 𝑣𝑜 𝑗̂ in uniform electric field 𝐸⃗ = −𝐸0 𝑘̂.
If initial wavelength of electron is 𝜆0 and mass of electron is 𝑚, find wavelength of
electron as a function of time.
λ0 2λ0
a. b.
e2 E2 e2 E2
√1+ 2 02 t2 √1+ 2 02 t2
m v0 m v0

λ0 mv0 2λ0 mv0

c. d.
eE0 t eE0 t

Solution:(b)
Momentum of an electron
ℎ
𝑝 = 𝑚𝑣 =
𝜆
ℎ
Initially 𝑚(√2𝑣0 ) = 𝜆
0

𝑒𝐸0
Velocity as a function of time=𝑣0 𝑖̂ + 𝑣0 𝑗̂ + 𝑡𝑘̂
𝑚

h
So, wavelength 𝜆 =
e2 E2
m√2v20 + 20 t2
m

λ0
⇒λ=
e2 E02 2
√1 + t
m2 v02

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 15

20. Output at terminal Y of given logic circuit.

a. 1
b. 0
c. Can’t determine
d. Oscillating between 0 and 1
Solution: b.

𝑌 = ̅̅̅̅̅̅̅
̅̅̅̅
𝐴𝐵. 𝐴
̿̿̿̿ + 𝐴̅
= 𝐴𝐵
= 𝐴𝐵 + 𝐴̅
𝑌 =0+0 =0

21. In 𝐻–spectrum wavelength of 1𝑠𝑡 line of Balmer series is  = 6561Å. Find out
wavelength of 2𝑛𝑑 line of same series in 𝑛𝑚.

Solution: (486)
1 1 1
= 𝑅𝑍 2 ( 2 − 2 )
 𝑛1 𝑛2
1 1 1 5𝑅
= 𝑅(1)2 (22 − 32 ) = .
1 36

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 16

 1 1 1 3𝑅
= 𝑅(1)2 ( 2 − 2 ) =
2 2 4 36
2 20
=
1 27
20
2 = × 6561 Å = 4860 Å
27
⃗ = 5 × 10−8 𝑗̂ 𝑇, 𝑐 = 3 × 108 𝑚/𝑠 and frequency of
22. An EMW is travelling along z-axis is 𝐵
𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑡
wave is 25 𝐻𝑧 , then electric field in .
𝑚

Solution:(15)
𝐸
=𝑐
𝐵
𝐸 = 𝐵×𝑐
Given,
⃗ = 5 × 10−8 𝑗̂ 𝑇 and 𝐶 = 3 × 108 𝑚/𝑠
𝐵
𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑡
𝐸 = 15 .
𝑚

23. There are three containers 𝐶1 , 𝐶2 and 𝐶3 filled with same material at different constant
temperature. When we mix them in different quantity (volume) then we get some final
temperature as shown in the table. Then find the value of final temperature  as shown
in the table.
𝐶1 𝐶2 𝐶3 𝑡(0 𝐶)
1𝑙 2𝑙 0 60
0 1𝑙 2𝑙 30
2𝑙 0 1𝑙 60
1𝑙 1𝑙 1𝑙 

Solution: (50)
Since, all the containers have same material, specific heat capacity is the same for all.
𝑉1 𝜃1 + 2𝜃2 = (𝑉1 +𝑉2 )𝜃𝑓

1𝜃1 + 1𝜃2 = (1 + 2)60

𝜃1 + 2𝜃2 = 180
0 × 𝜃1 + 1 × 𝜃2 + 2 × 𝜃3 = (1 + 2)30

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 17

 𝜃2 + 2𝜃3 = 180
𝜃1 + 2𝜃2 + 𝜃3 = (1 + 1 + 1)𝜃
From equation. (1)+(2)+(3)
3𝜃1 + 3𝜃2 + 3𝜃3 = 450
Where, 𝜃1 + 𝜃2 + 𝜃3 = 150
From (4) equation 150=30
So, 𝜃 = 500 𝐶

24. An asteroid of mass 𝑚(𝑚 << 𝑚𝐸 ) is approaching with a velocity 12 𝑘𝑚/𝑠 when it is at
distance of 9𝑅 from the surface of earth (where R is radius of earth). When it reaches at
the surface of Earth, its velocity is (Nearest Integer) in 𝑘𝑚/𝑠.
Solution: (16)
Taking, asteroid and earth as an isolated system conserving total energy.
𝐾𝐸𝑖 + 𝑃𝐸𝑖 = 𝐾𝐸𝑓 + 𝑃𝐸𝑓
1 𝐺𝑀𝑚 1 𝐺𝑀𝑚
𝑚𝑢02 + (− ) = 𝑚𝑣 2 + (− )
2 10𝑅 2 𝑅
2𝐺𝑀 1
𝑣 2 = 𝑢02 + [1 − ]
𝑅 10
9 𝐺𝑀
𝑣 = √𝑢02 +
5 𝑅
𝑘𝑚 2𝐺𝑀
Since, escape velocity from surface of earth is 11.2 𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 = √
𝑅

9 (11.2)2
= √122 +
5 2

= √256.9 ≈ 16 𝑘𝑚/𝑠.
25. Two batteries (connected in series) of same emf 10 𝑉 of internal resistances 20  and 5 
are connected to a load resistance of 30 . Now an unknown resistance x is connected in
parallel to the load resistance. Find value of 𝑥 so that potential drop of battery having
internal resistance 20  becomes zero.

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 18

Solution: (30)
If 𝑉1 and 𝑉2 are terminal voltage across the two batteries.
𝑉1 = 0
𝑉1 = 𝜀1 − 𝑖. 𝑟1
0 = 10 − 𝑖 × 20
𝑖 = 0.5 𝐴
𝑉2 = 10 − 0.5 × 5
𝑉2 = 7.5 𝑉
7.5 7.5
0.5 = +
30 𝑥
7.5
= 0.25
𝑥
𝑥 = 30 

8th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 19

 JEE Main 2020 Paper
Date: 8th January 2020
Time: 02:30 PM – 05:30 PM
Subject: Chemistry

1. Correct bond energy order of the following is:

a. C-Cl > C-Br > C-I > C-F b. C-F < C-Cl < C-Br < C-I
c. C-F > C-Cl > C-Br > C-I d. C-I < C-Br < C-F < C-Cl

Answer: c
Solution: In C − F there is 2p-2p overlapping involved, in C − Cl the overlapping involved is 2p-3p
whereas for C − Br and C − I the overlappings involved are 2p-4p and 2p-5p, respectively. The
bond length for the various type of overlappings can be given as:
2p-2p < 2p-3p < 2p-4p < 2p-5p.
1
As we know that Bond energy α Bond length

The order of bond energy comes out: C-F > C-Cl > C-Br > C-I
2. Determine Bohr’s radius of Li2+ ion for n = 2. Given (Bohr’s radius of H-atom = a0)
3a 4a0
a. 40 b. 3
a0 16a0
c. 3
d. 9

Answer: b
a0 n2
Solution: The formula for Bohr’s radius for any unielectronic species is: r = z

a0 2 2 4a0
for Li2+ : r = 3
= 3

8th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 1

3. Given the following reaction sequence:

A and B are respectively;

a. Mg, Mg3N2 b. Na, Na3N
c. Mg, Mg(NO3)2 d. Na, NaNO3

Answer: a
Solution: As it is provided in the question that nitride is being formed so the option c and d can be
eliminated. Amongst Mg and Na we already know that Mg can only form nitride so the correct
choice is option a.
H2 O
3Mg + N2 → Mg 3 N2 → Mg(OH)2 + NH3

4. Correct order of the magnetic moment(spin only) for the following complexes is:
A. [Pd(PPh3)2Cl2] B. [Ni(CO)4]
C. [Ni(CN)4]2- D. [Ni(H2O)6]2+

a. A=B=C<D b. A<B<C<D
c. A>B>C>D d. A=B>C>D
Answer: a
Solution: [Pd(PPh3)2Cl2] : Here Pd is in +2 oxidation state and configuration of Pd2+ is [Kr]4d8 . As
the CFSE value for Pd is very high so all the electrons will be paired and hence magnetic moment for
this complex will be zero.
[Ni(CO)4] : Here Ni is in 0 oxidation state and configuration of Ni is [Ar]3d84s2 . As here the ligand is
carbonyl which is a strong field ligand, all the electrons will be paired and hence magnetic moment
for this complex will be zero.
[Ni(CN)4]2- : Here Ni is in +2 oxidation state and configuration of Ni2+ is [Ar]3d8 . As here the ligand
is cyanide which is a strong field ligand, all the electrons will be paired and hence magnetic moment
for this complex will be zero.
[Ni(H2O)6]2+ : Here Ni is in +2 oxidation state and configuration of Ni2+ is [Ar]3d8 . As here the ligand
is water which is a weak field ligand, the electrons will not be paired and there are two unpaired
electrons in this complex hence magnetic moment for this complex will be √8 BM.
So the order of magnetic moment is A=B=C<D.

8th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 2

5. Determine the total number of neutrons in three isotopes of hydrogen.
a. 1 b. 2
c. 3 d. 4
Answer: c
Solution: Number of neutrons in protium = 0
Number of neutrons in deuterium = 1
Number of neutrons in tritium = 2
So, total number of neutrons = 3

6.

Compare Ea (activation energy) for a, b, c and d.

a. Eb > Ec > Ed > Ea b. Ea > Ed > Ec > Eb
c. Ec > Eb > Ea > Ed d. Ed > Ea > Eb > Ec

Answer: a
Solution:
To avoid confusion, in this question we’ll be denoting activation energy by Ex

K = Ae−Ex /RT
E
x
log K = log A - 2.303RT -----(1)

Here, the graph given in the question is of a straight line and we know that the equation of straight
line is
y= mx + c ----(2)
Comparing equation 1 with 2 we get,
−Ex
Slope =
2.303R

So, from the graph we can conclude that the line with the most negative slope will have the
maximum activation energy value.
Eb > Ec > Ed > Ea

8th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 3

7. Which of the following exhibit both Frenkel and Schottky defect?
a. AgBr b. KCl
c. CsCl d. ZnS
Answer: a
Solution: The radius ratio for AgBr is intermediate. Thus, it shows both Frenkel and Schottky
defects.
8. Given:

Basicity of B is:
a. 1 b. 2
c. 3 d. 4
Answer: a
HCl
Solution: P4 + NaOH + H2 O → PH3 + NaH2 PO2 → H3 PO2 + NaCl
Here the product B which is mentioned in the question is H3 PO2 . The structure of H3 PO2 can be
given as:

As only 1 Hydrogen atom is attached to the oxygen, its basicity is one.

8th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 4

9. Which reactions do not occurs in the blast furnace in the metallurgy of Fe?
A. CaO + SiO2→ CaSiO3 B. Fe2O3 + CO → Fe3O4 + CO2
C. FeO +SiO2 →FeSiO3 ∆
D. FeO → Fe + O
1
2
2
a. A and B b. A, B and C
c. C and D d. A, B, C, D
Answer: c

Solution: In metallurgy of iron, CaO is used as flux which is used to remove the impurities of SiO2 ,
CaO + SiO2→ CaSiO3 .

Also here Fe2O3 is reduced by CO to Fe3O4 which is further reduced to FeO which is further reduced
to Fe.

3Fe2 O3 + CO → 2Fe3 O4 + CO2

Fe3 O4 + CO → 3FeO + CO2

FeO + CO → Fe + CO2
10. Correct order of radius of the elements C, O, F, Cl, Br, is;
a. Br > Cl > C > O > F b. Br < Cl < C < O <F
c. Cl< C < O < F < Br d. C > F > O > Br > Cl
Answer: a
Solution:
Across the period size decreases, so the order that follows is: C > O >N> F
Down the group size increases and the order is: Br > Cl > F
Change in size down the group is much more significant as compared to across the period.
So, the overall order of radius of elements is: Br > Cl > C > O > F.
11. Among the following, which will show geometrical isomerism?
A. [Ni(NH3)5Cl]+ B. [Ni(NH3)4ClBr]
C. [Ni(NH3)3Cl]+ D. [Ni(NH3)2(NO2)2]
a. B, D b. A , B
c. A , B and C d. A, B, C and D

Answer: a
Solution: The complexes of type Ma4 bc and Ma2 b2 can show geometrical isomerism provided
Ma2 b2 is square planar. The compound given in B is Ma4 bc type and compound in D is Ma2 b2 type
also in D, Ni is surrounded with strong field ligands which will result in dsp2 hybridisation and
hence square planar geometry.

8th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 5

12. Assertion: pH of water increases on increasing temperature.
Reason: H2O → H+ + OH- is an exothermic process
a. Both assertion and reason are correct and reason is correct explanation of assertion.
b. Both assertion and reason are correct and reason is not correct explanation of assertion.
c. Assertion is true and reason is false.
d. Both assertion and reason are incorrect.

Answer: d

Solution: H2O → H+ + OH- is an endothermic process. On increasing the temperature the value of Kw
increases which will result in decrease in pKw . So we can say that pH of water will decrease on
1
increasing temperature because pH for water = pK w .
2

13. Assertion: It has been found that for hydrogenation reaction the catalytic activity increases
from group-5 to group-11 metals with maximum activity being shown by group 7-9 elements of
the periodic table.
Reason: For 7-9 group elements adsorption rate is maximum.
a. Both assertion and reason are correct and reason is correct explanation of assertion.
b. Both assertion and reason are correct and reason is not correct explanation of assertion.
c. Assertion is true & reason is false.
d. Both are incorrect
Answer: a
Solution: Group 7-9 elements of the periodic table show variable valencies so they have maximum
activity because of the increase in adsorption rate.

8th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 6

14. The major product of the following reactions is

a. b.

d.
c.

Answer: b
Solution:

8th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 7

15. Find the final major product of the following reactions?

a. b.

c.
d.

Answer: a
Solution:

8th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 8

16. There are two compounds A and B of molecular formula C9H18O3. A has higher boiling point than
B. What are the possible structures of A and B?

a. b.

c. d.

Answer: b
Solution: In option b compound A has extensive inter-molecular hydrogen bonding because of the 3
−OH groups while in compound B there are −OCH3 groups present and no inter-molecular
hydrogen bonding is possible.
17. Kjeldahl method cannot be used for :
a. b.

c. d.
Answer: a
Solution: Kjeldahl method cannot be used for the estimation of nitrogen in the compounds in which
nitrogen is involved in nitro, diazo groups or is present in the ring, as nitrogen atom can’t be
converted to ammonium sulphate under the reaction conditions.

8th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 9

18. A compound X adds 2 hydrogen molecules on hydrogenation. The compound X also gives 3-
oxohexanedioic acid on oxidative ozonolysis. The compound 'X' is:

a. b.

c. d.

Answer: c
Solution:

8th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 10

19. Formation of Bakelite follows :
a. Electrophilic substitution followed by condensation.
b. Nucleophilic addition followed by dehydration.
c. Electrophilic addition followed by dehydration.
d. Hydration followed by condensation.
Answer: a
Solution: Bakelite is a condensation polymer of phenol and formaldehyde.

8th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 11

20. Products formed by hydrolysis of maltose are:

a. -D-Glucose, -D-Glucose b. -D-Glucose, -D-Glucose

c. -D-Galactose, -D-Glucose d. -D-Galactose, -D-Glucose
Answer: a
Solution:

Maltose is formed by the glycosidic linkage between C-1 of one -D-Glucose unit to the C-4 of
another -D-Glucose.

21. Temperature of 4 moles of gas increases from 300 K to 500 K find 'Cv', if U = 5000 J.

Answer: 6.25

Solution:
U = nCvT
5000 = 4 × Cv (500 – 300)
Cv = 6.25 JK –1 mol–1

8th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 12

 o o [Sn2+ ]
22. Given : ESn2+ ⁄Sn = -0.14 V ; EPb2+ ⁄Pb =-0.13 V. Determine
[Pb2+ ]
at equilibrium
For the cell reaction Sn|Sn2+ ||Pb2+ |Pb
2.303RT 3
Take F
=0.06 V, and √10 = 2.154

Answer: 2.15
Solution:

Anodic half: Sn → Sn2+ + 2e−

Cathodic half: Pb2+ + 2e− → Pb

Net reaction: Sn + Pb2+ → Pb + Sn2+

0 0 0
Ecell = Ecathode − Eanode
0
Ecell = 0.01 V
0 0.06
Ecell = Ecell − 2
logQ

At equilibrium state Ecell = 0

So,
0.06 [Sn2+ ]
0 = 0.01 − 2
log [Pb2+ ]

0.06 [Sn2+ ]
0.01= 2
log [Pb2+ ]

[Sn2+ ] 1
log [Pb2+] = 3

1
[Sn2+ ]
[Pb2+ ]
= 103 = 2.154

23. Given following reaction,

NaClO3 + Fe  O2 + FeO + NaCl
In the above reaction 492 L of O2 is obtained at 1 atm & 300 K temperature. Determine mass of
NaClO3 required (in kg). (R = 0.082 L atm mol–1 K–1)

Answer: 2.13
Solution:
Mol of NaClO3 = mol of O2
PV 1492
Mol of O2 = RT = 0.082300 = 20 mol

Molar mass of NaClO3 is 106.5

So, mass = 20106.5 = 2130 g = 2.13 Kg

8th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 13

 24. Complex [ML5] can exhibit trigonal bipyramidal and square pyramidal geometry. Determine
total number of 1800 , 900 & 1200 L-M-L bond angles

Answer: 20

Solution:

For trigonal bipyramidal geometry

Total number of 1800 L-M-L bond angles = 1
Total number of 900 L-M-L bond angles = 6
Total number of 1200 L-M-L bond angles = 3
Total = 10

For square pyramidal geometry

Total number of 1800 L-M-L bond angles = 2
Total number of 900 L-M-L bond angles = 8
Total number of 1200 L-M-L bond angles = 0
Total = 10
Total for both the structures = 20

25. How many atoms lie in the same plane in the major product (C)?
Cu tube CH3 Cl(1 eq.), AlCl3
A→ B→ C
(Where A is the alkyne of lowest molecular mass).
Answer: 13
Solution:

8th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 14

 JEE Main 2020 Paper

Date: 8th January 2020 (Shift 2)

Time: 2:30 P.M. to 5:30 P.M.
Subject: Mathematics

1. Solution set of 3𝑥 (3𝑥 − 1) + 2 = |3𝑥 − 1| + |3𝑥 − 2| contains

a. exactly one element b. at least four elements
c. two elements d. infinite elements
Answer: (𝑎)

Solution:
3𝑥 (3𝑥 − 1) + 2 = |3𝑥 − 1| + |3𝑥 − 2|
Let 3𝑥 = 𝑡
𝑡(𝑡 − 1) + 2 = |𝑡 − 1| + |𝑡 − 2|

⇒ 𝑡 2 − 𝑡 + 2 = |𝑡 − 1| + |𝑡 − 2|

We plot 𝑡 2 − 𝑡 + 2 and |𝑡 − 1| + |𝑡 − 2|
As 3𝑥 is always positive, therefore only positive values of 𝑡 will be the solution.

Therefore, we have only one solution.

2. Which of the following is a tautology?

a. ~(𝑝 ∧ ~𝑞) → (𝑝 ∨ 𝑞) b. (~𝑝 ∨ 𝑞) → (𝑝 ∨ 𝑞)
c. ~(𝑝 ∨ ~𝑞) → (𝑝 ∨ 𝑞) d. ~(𝑝 ∨ ~𝑞) → (𝑝 ∧ 𝑞)

Answer: (𝑐)
Solution:

8th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 1

 ~(𝑝 ∨ ~𝑞) → (𝑝 ∨ 𝑞)
= (𝑝 ∨ ~𝑞) ∨ (𝑝 ∨ 𝑞)
= (𝑝 ∨ 𝑝) ∨ (𝑞 ∨ ~𝑞)
=𝑝∨𝑇
=𝑇

3. If a hyperbola has vertices (±6, 0) and 𝑃(10, 16) lies on it, then the equation of normal
at 𝑃 is
a. 2𝑥 + 5𝑦 = 10 b. 2𝑥 + 5𝑦 = 100
c. 2𝑥 − 5𝑦 = 100 d. 5𝑥 + 2𝑦 = 100
Answer: (𝑏)

Solution:
Vertex of hyperbola is (±𝑎, 0) ≡ (±6, 0) ⇒ 𝑎 = 6
𝑥2 𝑦2
Let the equation of hyperbola be − 𝑏2 = 1
𝑎2

𝑥2 𝑦2
⇒ − =1
36 𝑏 2
As 𝑃(10, 16) lies on the hyperbola.
100 256
− 2 =1
36 𝑏
64 256
⇒ = 2 ⇒ 𝑏 2 = 144
36 𝑏
𝑥2 𝑦2
Equation of hyperbola becomes − 144 = 1
36

𝑎2 𝑥 𝑏2 𝑦
Equation of normal is + = 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2
𝑥1 𝑦1

36𝑥 144𝑦
⇒ 10
+ 16 = 180
𝑥 𝑦
⇒ + =1
50 20
⇒ 2𝑥 + 5𝑦 = 100

4. If 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐 is a tangent to the circle (𝑥 − 3)2 + 𝑦 2 = 1 and also perpendicular to the

1 1
tangent to the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 1 at ( , ), then
√2 √2
a. 𝑐 2 − 6𝑐 − 7 = 0 b. 𝑐 2 − 6𝑐 + 7 = 0
c. 𝑐 2 + 6𝑐 − 7 = 0 d. 𝑐 2 + 6𝑐 + 7 = 0
Answer: (𝑑)

8th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 2

 Solution:
For circle, 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 1
𝑥
2𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 ′ = 0 ⇒ 𝑦 ′ = −
𝑦
1 1
Slope of tangent to 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 1 at ( , ) = −1
√2 √2

⇒Slope of tangent to (𝑥 − 3)2 + 𝑦 2 = 1 is 1 ⇒ 𝑚 = 1

Tangent to (𝑥 − 3)2 + 𝑦 2 = 1 is 𝑦 = 𝑥 + 𝑐
Perpendicular distance of tangent 𝑦 = 𝑥 + 𝑐 from centre (3, 0) is equal to radius = 1
3+𝑐
| |=1
√2
⇒ 𝑐 + 3 = ±√2

⇒ 𝑐 2 + 6𝑐 + 9 = 2

⇒ 𝑐 2 + 6𝑐 + 7 = 0

5. If 𝑎⃗ = 𝑖̂ − 2𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ , 𝑏⃗⃗ = 𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ and 𝑐⃗ is non-zero vector and 𝑏⃗⃗ × 𝑐⃗⃗⃗ = 𝑏⃗⃗ × ⃗⃗⃗⃗,
𝑎 ⃗⃗⃗⃗.
𝑎 𝑐⃗⃗⃗ = 0
⃗⃗
then 𝑏. 𝑐⃗ is equal to
1 1
a. b. −
2 3
1 1
c. − d.
2 3

Answer: (𝑐)
Solution:

𝑎 = 𝑖̂ − 2𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂
⃗⃗⃗⃗

𝑏⃗⃗ = 𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂

𝑏⃗⃗ × 𝑐⃗⃗⃗ = 𝑏⃗⃗ × ⃗⃗⃗⃗

𝑎

⇒ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗ × 𝑐⃗⃗⃗) = 𝑎

𝑎 × (𝑏 ⃗⃗⃗⃗ × 𝑎
⃗⃗⃗⃗ × (𝑏 ⃗⃗⃗⃗)

⇒ (𝑎 ⃗⃗⃗⃗ − (𝑎
⃗⃗⃗⃗. 𝑐⃗⃗⃗)𝑏 ⃗⃗⃗⃗. ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑏 )𝑐⃗⃗⃗ = (𝑎
⃗⃗⃗⃗. 𝑎 ⃗⃗⃗⃗ − (𝑎
⃗⃗⃗⃗)𝑏 ⃗⃗⃗⃗. ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑏 )𝑎 ⃗⃗⃗⃗

⃗⃗⃗⃗. ⃗⃗⃗⃗
⇒ −(𝑎 𝑏 )𝑐⃗⃗⃗ = (𝑎
⃗⃗⃗⃗. 𝑎 ⃗⃗⃗⃗ − (𝑎
⃗⃗⃗⃗)𝑏 ⃗⃗⃗⃗. ⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑏 )𝑎 ⃗⃗⃗⃗

⇒ −4𝑐⃗⃗⃗ = 6( 𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ ) − 4(𝑖̂ − 2𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ )

1
⇒ 𝑐⃗⃗⃗ = − 2 ( 𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ )
1
⃗⃗⃗⃗. 𝑐⃗⃗⃗ = − .
∴𝑏 2

8th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 3

 6 6
6. If the coefficient of 𝑥 4 and 𝑥 2 in the expansion of (𝑥 + √𝑥 2 − 1 ) + (𝑥 − √𝑥 2 − 1 ) is
𝛼 and 𝛽 ,then 𝛼 − 𝛽 is equal to
a. 48 b. −60
c. 60 d. −132
Answer: (𝑑)

Solution:
6 6
(𝑥 + √𝑥 2 − 1 ) + (𝑥 − √𝑥 2 − 1 )

= 2[ 6𝐶0 𝑥 6 + 6𝐶2 𝑥 4 (𝑥 2 − 1) + 6𝐶4 𝑥 2 (𝑥 2 − 1)2 + 6𝐶6 (𝑥 2 − 1)3 ]

= 2[32𝑥 6 − 48𝑥 4 + 18𝑥 2 − 1]

⇒ 𝛼 = −96, 𝛽 = 36
⇒ 𝛼 − 𝛽 = −132

7. Differential equation of 𝑥 2 = 4𝑏(𝑦 + 𝑏), where 𝑏 is a parameter, is

𝑑𝑦 2 𝑑𝑦
a. 𝑥 (𝑑𝑥 ) = 2𝑦 (𝑑𝑥 ) + 𝑥
𝑑𝑦 2 𝑑𝑦
b. 𝑥 (𝑑𝑥 ) = 2𝑦 (𝑑𝑥 ) + 𝑥 2
𝑑𝑦 2 𝑑𝑦
c. 𝑥 (𝑑𝑥 ) = 𝑦 (𝑑𝑥 ) + 𝑥 2
𝑑𝑦 2 𝑑𝑦
d. 𝑥 (𝑑𝑥 ) = 𝑦 (𝑑𝑥 ) + 2𝑥 2

Answer: (𝑎)

Solution:
𝑥 2 = 4𝑏(𝑦 + 𝑏) … (1)

Differentiating both the sides w.r.t. 𝑥, we get

⇒ 2𝑥 = 4𝑏𝑦 ′
𝑥
⇒𝑏=
2𝑦′

Putting the value of 𝑏 in (1), we get

2𝑥 𝑥
⇒ 𝑥2 = 𝑦′
(𝑦 + 2𝑦′ )

2𝑥𝑦 𝑥2
⇒ 𝑥2 = + 𝑦 ′2
𝑦′

⇒ 𝑥𝑦 ′2 = 2𝑦𝑦 ′ + 𝑥

8th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 4

 𝑑𝑦 2 𝑑𝑦
⇒𝑥 ( ) = 2𝑦 (𝑑𝑥 ) +𝑥
𝑑𝑥

7 4 1
8. Image of point (1, 2, 3) w.r.t a plane is (− , − , − ) then which of the following points
3 3 3
lie on this plane
a. (1, 1, −1) b. (−1, −1, 1)
c. (−1, 1, −1) d. (−1, −1, −1)
Answer: (𝑎)

Solution:
7 4 1
Image of point 𝑃(1, 2, 3) w.r.t. a plane 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐𝑧 + 𝑑 = 0 is 𝑄 (− , − , − )
3 3 3
10 10 10
Direction ratios of 𝑃𝑄: − 3
,− 3 ,− 3 = 1, 1, 1

Direction ratios of normal to plane is 1, 1, 1

Mid-point of 𝑃𝑄 lies on the plane
2 1 4
∴ The mid-point of 𝑃𝑄 = (− , , )
3 3 3

2 1 4
∴ Equation of plane is 𝑥 + + 𝑦 − + 𝑧 − = 0
3 3 3

⇒𝑥+𝑦+𝑧 =1
(1, 1, −1) satisfies the equation of the plane.

𝑥
∫0 𝑡 sin 10𝑡 𝑑𝑡
9. lim 𝑥
is equal to
𝑥→0

a. 10 b. 0
c. 1 d. 5
Answer: (𝑏)
Solution:
𝑥
∫0 𝑡 sin 10𝑡 𝑑𝑡
lim
𝑥→0 𝑥

Applying L’Hospital’s Rule:

𝑥 sin 10𝑥
= lim =0
𝑥→0 1

10. Let 𝑃 be the set of points (𝑥, 𝑦) such that (𝑥 2 ≤ 𝑦 ≤ −2𝑥 + 3 ). Then area bounded by
points in 𝑃 is

8th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 5

 16 29
a. b.
3 3
20 32
c. d.
3 3

Answer: (𝑑)
Solution:

We have 𝑥 2 ≤ 𝑦 ≤ −2𝑥 + 3

For point of intersection of two curves -

𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 − 3 = 0
⇒ 𝑥 = −3, 1
1
⇒ Area = ∫−3((−2𝑥 + 3) − 𝑥 2 )𝑑𝑥
1
𝑥3 32
= [−𝑥 2 + 3𝑥 − ]
3 −3
= sq. units.
3

𝑥[𝑥]
11. If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 +1 ∶ (1, 3) → 𝑹, then the range of 𝑓(𝑥) is (where [. ] denotes greatest integer
function)
1 3 7 2 4
a. (0, 2 ) ∪ (5 , 5] b. (5 , 1 ) ∪ (1 , 5]
1 2 4 2 1 3 4
c. (0, ) ∪ ( , ] d. (5 , 2 ) ∪ (5 , 5]
3 5 5

Answer: (𝑑)
Solution:
𝑥[𝑥]
𝑓(𝑥) =
𝑥 2 +1
𝑥
∶1<𝑥<2
𝑥 2 +1
⇒ 𝑓(𝑥) = { 2𝑥
∶2≤𝑥<3
𝑥 2 +1

8th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 6

 2 1 3 4
⇒Range of 𝑓(𝑥) is (5 , 2) ∪ (5 , 5].

2 2 1 0
12. If 𝐴 = [ ] and 𝐼 = [ ] then the value of 10𝐴−1 is
9 4 0 1
a. 𝐴 − 4𝐼 b. 𝐴 − 6𝐼
c. 6𝐼 − 𝐴 d. 4𝐼 − 𝐴

Answer: (𝑏)

Solution:
2 2
𝐴=[ ]
9 4
1 4 −2
𝐴−1 = − 10 [ ]
−9 2
−4 2
⇒ 10𝐴−1 = [ ]
9 −2
⇒ 10𝐴−1 = 𝐴 − 6𝐼

13. For 20 observations mean and variance is given as 10 and 4, later it was observed that
by mistake 9 was taken in place of 11, then the correct variance is
a. 3.98 b. 3.99
c. 4.01 d. 4.02

Answer: (b)
Solution:
∑ 𝑥𝑖
Mean = 10 ⇒ = 10 ⇒ ∑ 𝑥𝑖 = 200
20

∑ 𝑥_𝑖 2
Variance = 4 ⇒ − 100 = 4 ⇒ ∑ 𝑥𝑖 2 = 2080
20
200−9+11 202
New mean = = = 10.1
20 20

2080−81+121
New variance = − (10.1)2
20

= 106 − 102.01
= 3.99

14. The correct option for the system of linear equations

𝜆𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 2𝑧 = 5
2𝜆𝑥 + 3𝑦 + 5𝑧 = 8
4𝑥 + 𝜆𝑦 + 6𝑧 = 10
a. Infinite solutions when 𝜆 = 2 b. Infinite solutions when 𝜆 = 8

8th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 7

 c. No solutions when 𝜆 = 2
d. No solutions when 𝜆 = 8
Answer: (c)

Solution:
𝜆 2 2
𝐷 = |2𝜆 3 5| = 18𝜆 − 5𝜆2 − 24𝜆 + 40 + 4𝜆2 − 24
4 𝜆 6
⟹ 𝐷 = −𝜆2 − 6𝜆 + 16
Now, 𝐷 = 0

⇒ 𝜆2 + 6𝜆 − 16 = 0
⇒ 𝜆 = −8 or 2
For 𝜆 = 2
5 2 2
𝐷1 = | 8 3 5| = 40 + 4 − 28 ≠ 0
10 2 6
∴ Equations have no solution for 𝜆 = 2.

1 1
15. In an A. P. if 𝑇10 = ; 𝑇20 = 10, then the sum of first 200 terms is
20
1 1
a. 100 b. 101
2 2
1 1
c. 201 2 d. 301 2

Answer: (𝑎)
Solution:
1 1
𝑇10 = 20 , 𝑇20 = 10

𝑇20 − 𝑇10 = 10𝑑

1
⇒ 20 = 10𝑑
1
𝑑=
200
1
∴𝑎=
200

200 1 1
𝑆200 = [2 (100) + 199 (200)]
2
1
= 100 2

8th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 8

 −1+𝑖√3
16. Let 𝛼 = and 𝑎 = (1 + 𝛼) ∑100
𝑘=0 𝛼
2𝑘
, 𝑏 = ∑100
𝑘=0 𝛼
3𝑘
where 𝑎 and 𝑏 are the roots
2
of the quadratic equation then the quadratic equation will be
a. 𝑥 2 − 102𝑥 + 101 = 0 b. 𝑥 2 + 102𝑥 + 100 = 0
c. 𝑥 2 − 101𝑥 + 100 = 0 d. 𝑥 2 + 101𝑥 + 100 = 0
Answer: (𝑎)
Solution:
−1+𝑖√3
𝛼= =𝜔
2
100

𝑎 = (1 + 𝛼) ∑ 𝛼 2𝑘
𝑘=0

⇒ 𝑎(1 + 𝛼)[1 + 𝛼 2 + 𝛼 4 + ⋯ . +𝛼 200 ]

1 − (𝛼 2 )101
⇒ 𝑎 = (1 + 𝛼) [ ]
1 − 𝛼2

1 − (𝜔2 )101 1−𝜔

⇒𝑎=[ ]=[ ]=1
1−𝜔 1−𝜔
100

𝑏 = ∑ 𝛼 3𝑘 = 1 + 𝛼 3 + 𝛼 6 + ⋯ . . +𝛼 300
𝑘=0

⇒ 𝑏 = 1 + 𝜔3 + 𝜔6 +. . . . +𝜔300
⇒ 𝑏 = 101

Required equation is 𝑥 2 − 102𝑥 + 101 = 0

17. If 𝑓(𝑥) is a three-degree polynomial for which 𝑓 ′ (−1) = 0, 𝑓 ′′ (1) = 0, 𝑓(−1) =

10, 𝑓(1) = 6 then the local minima of 𝑓(𝑥) will be at
a. 𝑥 = −1 b. 𝑥 = 1
c. 𝑥 = 2 d. 𝑥 = 3
Answer: (𝑑)
Solution:
Let the polynomial be

𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑎𝑥 3 + 𝑏𝑥 2 + 𝑐𝑥 + 𝑑

⇒ 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = 3𝑎𝑥 2 + 2𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐

⇒ 𝑓 ′′ (𝑥) = 6𝑎𝑥 + 2𝑏
𝑓 ′′ (1) = 0 ⇒ 6𝑎 + 2𝑏 = 0 ⇒ 𝑏 = −3𝑎
𝑓 ′ (−1) = 0 ⇒ 3𝑎 − 2𝑏 + 𝑐 = 0

8th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 9

 ⇒ 𝑐 = −9𝑎
𝑓(−1) = 10 ⇒ −𝑎 + 𝑏 − 𝑐 + 𝑑 = 10
⇒ −𝑎 − 3𝑎 + 9𝑎 + 𝑑 = 10
𝑑 = −5𝑎 + 10
𝑓(1) = 6 ⇒ 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 + 𝑑 = 6

⇒ 𝑎 − 3𝑎 − 9𝑎 − 5𝑎 + 10 = 6
1
⇒𝑎=
4
3 6 9 3
∴ 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = 𝑥 2 − 𝑥 − = (𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 − 3)
4 4 4 4
For 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = 0 ⇒ 𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 − 3 = 0 ⇒ 𝑥 = 3, −1
Minima exists at 𝑥 = 3

2 𝑑𝑥
18. Let 𝐼 = ∫1 then
√2𝑥 3 −9𝑥2 +12𝑥+4
1 1 1 1
a. < 𝐼2 < b. <𝐼 <
9 8 9 8
1 2 1 1 1
c. <𝐼 < d. <𝐼 <
3 2 3 2

Answer: (𝑎)
Solution:
1
𝑓(𝑥) =
√2𝑥 3 −9𝑥 2 +12𝑥+4
Differentiating w.r.t 𝑥

1 (6𝑥 2 −18𝑥+12)
𝑓′(𝑥) = − ×
2 (2𝑥 3 −9𝑥 2 +12𝑥+4)3/2

−6(𝑥−1)(𝑥−2)
=
2(2𝑥 3 −9𝑥 2 +12𝑥+4)3/2

Here 𝑓(𝑥) is increasing in (1,2)

1 1
At 𝑥 = 1, 𝑓(1) = and 𝑥 = 2, 𝑓(2) =
3 √8

8th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 10

 Let 𝑔(𝑥)be a function such that it is increasing in (𝑎, 𝑏) and 𝑚 ≤ 𝑔(𝑥) ≤ 𝑀, then

𝑏
ar(𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷) < ∫𝑎 𝑔(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 < ar(𝐴𝐵𝐸𝐹)

𝑏
𝑚(𝑏 − 𝑎) < ∫𝑎 𝑔(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 < 𝑀(𝑏 − 𝑎)
1 2 1
Thus, < ∫1 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 <
3 √8
1 1
<𝐼 < ,
3 √8
1 1
or < 𝐼2 <
9 8

19. Normal at (2, 2) to curve 𝑥 2 + 2𝑥𝑦 − 3𝑦 2 = 0 is 𝐿. Then perpendicular distance from

origin to line 𝐿 is
a. 2√2 b. 4
c. 4√2 d. 2
Answer: (𝑎)

Solution:
Given curve: 𝑥 2 + 2𝑥𝑦 − 3𝑦 2 = 0

⇒ 𝑥 2 + 3𝑥𝑦 − 𝑥𝑦 − 3𝑦 2 = 0
⇒ (𝑥 + 3𝑦)(𝑥 − 𝑦) = 0
Equating we get,
𝑥 + 3𝑦 = 0 or 𝑥 − 𝑦 = 0
(2, 2) lies on 𝑥 − 𝑦 = 0

8th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 11

 ∴ Equation of normal will be 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 𝜆
It passes through (2, 2)
∴𝜆=4
𝐿 ∶𝑥+𝑦 =4
−4
Distance of 𝐿 from the origin = | 2| = 2√2
√

2 1
20. If 𝐴 and 𝐵 are two events such that 𝑃(exactly one)= 5 , 𝑃(𝐴 ∪ 𝐵) = then 𝑃(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) is
2
1 1
a. b.
8 10
1 2
c. d.
12 9

Answer: (𝑏)
Solution:
2
𝑃(exactly one of 𝐴 or 𝐵)= 5

2
⇒ 𝑃(𝐴) − 𝑃(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) + 𝑃(𝐵) − 𝑃(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) =
5
2
⇒ 𝑃(𝐴 ∪ 𝐵) − 𝑃(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) =
5
1
⇒ 𝑃(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) =
10

21. The number of four-letter words that can be made from the letters of word
“EXAMINATION” is

Answer: (2454)
Solution:
Word “EXAMINATION” consists of 2𝐴, 2𝐼, 2𝑁, 𝐸, 𝑋, 𝑀, 𝑇, 𝑂
Case I: All different letters are selected

Number of words formed = 8𝐶4 × 4! = 1680

Case II: 2 letters are same and 2 are different
4!
Number of words formed = 3𝐶1 × 7𝐶2 × 2! = 756

Case III: 2 pair of letters are same

4!
Number of words formed = 3𝐶2 × = 18
2!×2!

8th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 12

 Total number of words formed = 1680 + 756 + 18 = 2454

22. Line 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 intersects the curve 𝑦 2 = 𝑥 at point 𝑃. The tangent to 𝑦 2 = 𝑥 at 𝑃 intersects

𝑥 −axis at 𝑄. If area Δ𝑂𝑃𝑄 = 4, find 𝑚, (𝑚 > 0)

Answer: (0.5)

Solution:
Let the co-ordinates of 𝑃 be (𝑡 2 , 𝑡)
1
Equation of tangent at 𝑃(𝑡 2 , 𝑡) is 𝑦 − 𝑡 = (𝑥 − 𝑡 2 )
2𝑡

Therefore, co-ordinates of 𝑄 will be (−𝑡 2 , 0)

Area of Δ𝑂𝑃𝑄 = 4

1 02 0 1
⇒ |𝑡 𝑡 1| = ±4
2
−𝑡 2 0 1
⇒ 𝑡 3 = 8 ⇒ 𝑡 = ±2 ⇒ 𝑡 = 2 as 𝑡 > 0
1 1
𝑚= =
𝑡 2
𝑛(𝑛+1)(2𝑛+1)
23. ∑7𝑛=1 is equal to
4

Answer: (504)
Solution:
7
𝑛(𝑛 + 1)(2𝑛 + 1)
∑
4
𝑛=1
7
1
= ∑(2𝑛3 + 3𝑛2 + 𝑛)
4
𝑛=1
7 7 7
1
= [2 ∑ 𝑛3 + 3 ∑ 𝑛2 + ∑ 𝑛]
4
𝑛=1 𝑛=1 𝑛=1

1 7×8 2 7 × 8 × 15 7 × 8
= [2 × ( ) +3× + ]
4 2 6 2
1
= [2 × 784 + 420 + 28] = 504
4

8th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 13

 √2 sin 𝛼 1 1−cos 2𝛽 1 𝜋
24. Let = 7 and √ = , where 𝛼, 𝛽 ∈ (0, ). Then tan(𝛼 + 2𝛽) is equal
√1+cos 2𝛼 2 √10 2
to
Answer: (1)

Solution:

√2 sin 𝛼 1 √2 sin 𝛼 1 1
= ⇒ = ⇒ tan 𝛼 =
√1 + cos 2𝛼 7 √2 cos 𝛼 7 7

1 − cos 2𝛽 1 √2𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛽 1 1 1
√ = ⇒ = ⇒ sin 𝛽 = ⇒ tan 𝛽 =
2 √10 √2 √10 √10 3

2
2 tan 𝛽 3
tan 2𝛽 = = 3 =
2
1 − tan 𝛽 1 − 1 4
9
1 3
tan 𝛼 + tan 2𝛽 +
tan(𝛼 + 2𝛽) = = 7 4 =1
1 − tan 𝛼 tan 2𝛽 1 − 1 × 3
7 4

8th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 14

 JEE Main 2020 Paper

Date of Exam: January (Shift I)

Time: 9:30 am – 12:30 pm
Subject: Physics

1. Three identical solid spheres each have mass ‘m’ and diameter ‘d’ are touching each as
shown in the figure. Calculate ratio of moment of inertia about the axis perpendicular to
plane of paper and passing through point P and B as shown in the figure. Given P is
centroid of the triangle

a. b.
c. d.
Solution: (a)
Moment of Inertia of solid sphere = ( )
√
Distance of centroid ( from centre of sphere =( )
√
By Parallel axis theorem,
Moment of Inertia about [ ( ) ( ) ]
√

Moment of Inertia about [ ( ) ( ] ( )

Now ratio =

2. A sold sphere having a radius and uniform charge density has a radius R/2 as
shown in the figure. Find the ratio of the magnitude of electric field at point A and B

Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 1

 a. b.
c. d.
Solution: (c)
For solid sphere,
Field inside sphere, E = & Field outside sphere, E = where, r is distance from
centre and R is radius of sphere
Electric field at A due to sphere of radius R (sphere 1) is zero and therefore, net electric
field will be because of sphere of radius (sphere 2) having charge density (
= (

| |

Similarly, Electric field at point

= Electric Field Due to solid sphere of radius

= Electric Field Due to solid sphere of radius which having charge density (

( )

( )
= =
| |
| |

3. Consider an infinitely long current carrying cylindrical straight wire having radius 'a'.
Then the ratio of magnetic field at distance a/3 and 2a from axis of wire is.
a. 3/5 b. 2/3
c. 1/2 d. 4/3
Solution: (b)

Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 2

 =
(
(

4. Particle moves from point to point along the line shown in figure under the action
of force. ̅ ̂ ̂ Determine the work done on the particle by ̅ in moving
the particle from point A to point B

a. 1 J b. 1/2 J
c. 2 J d. 3 J

Solution: (a)
⃗=( ̂ ̂
( ̂ ̂ ( ̂ ̂

∫ ∫

Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 3

 | |

5. For the given -V graph for an ideal gas, chose the correct -T graph. Process is
adiabatic.

b.
a.

c. d.

Solution: (a)
For process A B; Volume is constant;
For process , = Constant & , Therefore = Constant ;
Therefore as V increases increases.
For process ; pressure is constant , Therefore
From above, correct answer is option 1.

6. Given, Electric field at point P, ⃗ ̂– ̂ ̂ and ̂ ̂ ̂ ̂ . Find

vector parallel to electric field at position ⃗ . [Note that ⃗ ⃗ ]
a. ̂ ̂ ̂ b. ̂ ̂ ̂
c. ̂ ̂ – ̂ d. ̂ ̂ ̂

Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 4

 Solution: (a)
Since, we have to find vector parallel to electric field at position ⃗
We have to find ⃗ ⃗
Since already in question, ⃗ ⃗ is given we need to find E such that
⃗⃗ (⃗
where is a arbitrary positive constant
On putting , = -1 , we get, ⃗⃗ = ̂ ̂ ̂

7. A particle of mass is revolving around a planet in a circular orbit of radius . At the

→
instant the particle has velocity ⃗⃗ , another particle of mass moving at velocity of in
same direction collides perfectly in-elastically with the first particle. The new path of
the combined body will take is
a. Elliptical b. Circular
c. Straight Line d. Spiral
Solution: (a)
By conservation of linear momentum
+ =( )

Escape velocity will be at √ and at velocity less than escape velocity path will be
elleptical or part of ellipse except for velocity V where path will be circular.
Hence the resultant mass will go on to an elliptical path

8. Two particles of same mass moving with velocities ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂ and and ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ̂+ ̂
collide in – elastically. Find the loss in kinetic energy.
a. b.

c. d.
Solution: (a)
Conserving linear momentum
̂ ( ̂ + ̂) = ( ̂ ̂)
By equating ̂ and ̂
and

Initial K.E = + ( =
√
√
Final K.E = ( =

Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 5

 Change in KE =
- =

9. Three waves of same intensity ( having initial phases 0, respectively

interfere at a point. Find the resultant intensity.
a. b.
c. d.
Solution: (a)

Amplitudes can be vectorially added

(√ )
Since, I
Therefore, (√ ) = 5.8

10. An ideal liquid (water) flowing through a tube of non-uniform cross section area at A
and B are 40 cm2 and 20 cm2 respectively. If pressure difference between A & B is 700
N/m2 then volume flow rate is

a. 2732 cm3 /s b. 2142 cm3/s

c. 1832 cm3/s d. 3218 cm3/s
Solution: (a)

Using equation of continuity

Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 6

 × rea = × rea

Using ernoulli’s equation

( )

( (
√ √ √ m s

Volume flow rate = × rea 20 × 100 √ cm3/s = 2732 cm3/s

11. A screw gauge advances by 3mm in 6 rotations. There are 50 divisions on circular scale.
Find least count of screw gauge?

a. 0.002 cm b. 0.001 cm
c. 0.01 cm d. 0.02 cm
Solution: (b)

Pitch = = 0.5 mm

mm
Least count mm mm cm

12. A telescope of aperture diameter 5m is used to observe the moon from the earth.
Distance between the moon and earth is 4 × 105 m etermine the minimum distance
et een t o points on the moon s sur ace hich can e resolved using this telescope
( ave length o light is

Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 7

 a. 60 m b. 20 m
c. 600 m d. 200 m
Solution: (a)

Minimum angle for clear resolution,

d
a

13. Photons of wavelength falls on a metal surface. If ejected electrons with

maximum K.E moves in magnetic field of T in circular orbit of radius m,
then work function of metal surface is
a. 1.8 eV b. 0.8 eV
c. 1.1 eV d. 1.4 eV
Solution: (c)
From photoelectric equation,
hc

Where, hc e

e (

Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 8

 Radius of charged particle moving in a magnetic field is given by
r where, mv e

√ e m m
m
r √
e e

So, e
Substituting in (1),

i.e. e
14. Kinetic energy of the particle is and it's De–Broglie wavelength is . On increasing it's
K.E by , it's new De–Broglie wavelength becomes . Then is
a. 3E b. E
c. 2E d. 4E

Solution: (a)

√ (

√
⁄

15. The dimensional formula of √ is

a. b.
c. d.
Solution: (b)

Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 9

 Therefore,

[√ ]

16. Two immiscible liquids of refractive index √ and √ are filled with equal height in a
vessel. Then apparent depth of bottom surface of the container given that outside
medium is air
√
a. b.
c. d.
√
Solution: (a)

Apparent height as seen from liquid 1 (having refractive index √ ) to liquid 2

(refractive index √ )
D= =

Now, Actual height perceived from air, h + =

Therefore, apparent depth of bottom surface of the container (apparent depth as seen
from air (having refractive index to liquid 1(having refractive index √ )
=
√
=
√ √

Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 10

17. Find the current in the wire BC

a. 1.6 A b. 2 A
c. 2.4 A d. 3 A

Solution: (b)
Since resistance and are in parallel

Similarly we can find equivalent resistance ( ) for resistances and

And and are in series

So total current flowing in the circuit ‘ ’ can be given as

Current will distribute in ratio opposite to resistance.

So, distribution will be as

So current in the branch BC will be

Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 11

18. Two electromagnetic waves are moving in free space in x and y direction respectively
whose electric field vectors are given by ⃗⃗ ̂ cos( and ⃗⃗ ̂ cos(
. A charge q is moving with velocity ⃗ ̂. Find the net Lorentz force on this
charge at t = 0 and when it is at origin.
a. ( ̂ ̂ ̂ b. ( ̂ ̂ ̂
c. ( ̂ ̂ ̂ d. ( ̂ ̂ ̂

Solution: (b)
Given that the magnetic field vectors are:
⃗⃗ ̂ cos(
⃗⃗ ̂ cos(
So the magnetic field vectors of the electromagnetic wave are given by
⃗⃗ ̂ cos(

⃗⃗ ̂ cos(
Then force is
⃗ ⃗⃗ (⃗ ⃗⃗
( ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ) (⃗ ( ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗
Now if we put the values of ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ we can get the net Lorentz force as
⃗ ⃗⃗ ( ⃗ ⃗⃗
Putting values and solving we get
⃗ cos( ̂ cos( ̂ cos( ̂ (cos
̂
⃗ cos( ̂ cos( ̂ (cos ̂
Now at and we get
⃗ ( ̂ ̂ ̂

19. Two ideal di-atomic gases A and B. A is rigid, B has an extra degree of freedom due to
vibration. Mass of A is m and mass of B is . The ratio of molar specific heat of A to B at
constant volume is
a. 7/9 b. 5/9
c. 5/11 d. 5/7

Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 12

 Solution: (d)
We know that,
Molar heat capacity at constant volume, (Where f is degree of freedom)
Since, A is diatomic and rigid, degree of freedom for A is 5
Therefore, Molar heat capacity of A at constant volume(
Since, B is diatomic and have extra degree of freedom because of vibration, degree of
freedom for B is 5 + 2 (1 vibration for each atom).
Therefore, Molar heat capacity of B at constant volume(
(
Ratio of molar specific heat of A and B (

20. In the given circuit both diodes are ideal having zero forward resistance and built-in
potential of 0.7 V. Find the potential of point E in volts

Solution: (12)
By applying Kirchhoff’s Voltage Law in the loop ACBFA

21. A particle having mass m and charge q is moving in a region as shown in figure. This
region contains a uniform magnetic field directed into the plane of the figure, and a
uniform electric field directed along positive axis. Which of the following statements
are correct for moving charge as shown in figure?

Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 13

A. Magnitude of electric field ⃗⃗ ( )

B. Rate of change of work done at a point is ( )

C. Rate of change of work done by both fields at point is zero
D. Change in angular momentum about the origin is

a. A, B and C are correct

b. A, B, C and D are correct
c. A and B are correct
d. B, C and D are correct

Solution: (a)

Considering statement A
By Work-Energy theorem
(

Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 14

 So statement A is correct
Now considering statement B
Rate of change of work done at A Power of electric force

So statement B is correct
Coming to statement C
At B,
⃗⃗ ⃗
So, for both forces
Coming to statement .
Change in angular momentum about the origin is
⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ( (
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ( (

22. If reversible voltage of 200 V is applied across an inductor, current in it reduces from
0.25A to 0A in 0.025ms. Find inductance of inductor (in mH).
Solution: (20)

By using KVL,

V L =0

23. A wire of length l = 3 m and area of cross section 10–2cm2 and breaking stress 4.8×108
N/m2 is attached with block of mass 10 kg. Find the maximum possible value of angular
velocity ( ) with which block can be moved in circle with string fixed at one end.

Solution: (4)

Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 15

 Breaking stress

–
= = 16

24. Position of a particle as a function of time is given as x2 = at2 + 2bt + c, where a, b, c

are constants. Acceleration of particle varies with x–n then value of n is

Solution: (3)

Let, be velocity, be the acceleration then,

_______(1)

Now, differentiating equation (1),

( )

Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 16

 ( (

25. A rod of length 1 m is released from rest as shown in the figure below.

If of rod is √ at the moment it hits the ground, then find n

Solution: (15)

: By using conservation of energy,

l l
sin

On solving

Therefore, n = 15

Jan (Shift 1, Physics) Page | 17

 JEE Main 2020 Paper

Date: 9th January 2020

Time: 09.30 AM – 12:30 PM
Subject: Chemistry

1. Determine the wavelength of electron in the 4th Bohr's orbit:

a. 4πa0 b. 2πa0
c. 8πa0 d. 6πa0
Answer: c
Solution: n=4
Z=1
Λ=?

Circumference (2πr)= nλ
2πao n2
=nλ
z
On solving, we get 8πao

2. Which of the following species have one unpaired electron each?

a. O2 , O−
2 b. O2 , O+
2
c. O2 , O2
+ −
d. O2 , O2−
2

Answer: c
Solution:
∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
O2 : σ1s2 σ1s 2 σ2s2 σ2s2 σ2p2 π2p2 = π2py2 π2p1 = π2p1
z x x y

∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
O−
2 : σ1s2 σ1s2 σ2s2 σ2s2 σ2p2z π2p2x = π2py2 π2p2x = π2p1y

∗ ∗ ∗
O+
2 : σ1s2 σ1s2 σ2s2 σ2s2 σ2p2z π2p2x = π2py2 π2p1x

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 1

3. For Br2 (l), the enthalpy of atomisation = x kJ/mol and the bond dissociation enthalpy of
bromine = y kJ/mol. Then,
a. x > y b. x < y
c. x = y d. Relation does not exist.
Answer: a
Solution:

ΔHatomisation = ΔHvap + y

x − y = ΔHvap

4. Which of the following oxides are acidic, basic and amphoteric, respectively?
a. MgO, P4 O10 , Al2 O3 b. N2 O3 , Li2 O, Al2 O3
c. SO3 , Al2 O3 , Na2 O d. P4 O10 , Al2 O3 , MgO
Answer: b
Solution:
Non-metallic oxides are acidic in nature, metallic oxides are basic in nature and Al2 O3 is
amphoteric in nature

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 2

5. The complex Cr(H2 O)6 Cln, shows geometrical isomerism and also reacts with AgNO3 solution.
Given: The spin only magnetic moment = 3.8 B. M. What is the IUPAC name of the complex?
a. Hexaaquachromium(III) chloride
b. Tetraaquadichloridochromium(III) chloride dihydrate
c. Hexaaquachromium(IV) chloride
d. Tetraaquadichloridochromium(IV) chloride dehydrate
Answer: b
Solution:

Spin only magnetic moment = 3.8 B. M. This implies, µ = √(n(n + 2)) B.M.

(√16 = 4 implies that √15 should be less than four.

This means, n=3 as √15 = √(3(3 + 2))

Cr (24) = [Ar]4s1 3d5

(g.s)

For 3 unpaired electrons, the oxidation state of Cr should be +3

Cr 3+ can be attained if the complex has a structure that looks like: [Cr(H2 O)4 Cl2 ]Cl. 2H2 O
[Cr(H2 O)4 Cl2 ]Cl. 2H2 O has the IUPAC name : Tetraaquadichloridochromium(III) chloride
dihydrate
6. The electronic configuration of bivalent Europium and trivalent Cerium, respectively is:
(Atomic Number : Xe = 54, Ce = 58, Eu = 63)
a. [Xe]4f 7 , [Xe]4f 1 b. [Xe]4f 7 6s2 , [Xe]4f 1
c. [Xe]4f 6s , [Xe]4f 5d 6s
7 2 1 1 2 d. [Xe]4f 7 , [Xe]4f 1 5d1 6s2
Answer: a
Solution:

Ce (58): [Xe] 6s 2 4f 2
(g.s)

Ce3+ : [Xe]4f 1
Eu(63) ∶ [Xe]6s2 4f 7

(g.s)

Eu2+ ∶ [Xe]4f 7

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 3

7. K sp of PbCl2 = 1.6 × 10–5. On mixing 300 mL, 0.134 M Pb(NO3 )2 (aq. ) and 100 mL, 0.4 M
NaCl(aq. ):
a. Q > K sp b. Q < K sp
c. Q = K sp d. Relation does not exist
Answer: a

Solution: Given K sp of PbCl2 = 1.6 × 10–5

Pb(NO3 )2: mmoles= 300 mL × 0.134 M = 40.2

NaCl: mmoles = 100 mL × 0.4 M = 40
40.2
This implies, [Pb]2+ = ≈ 0.1 M
400

40
[Cl]− = = 0.1 M
400
Q sp = [Pb2+ ][2Cl− ]2 = 4 × 10−3 > K sp

8. Which of the following cannot act as both oxidising and reducing agent?
a. H2 SO3 b. HNO2
c. H3 PO4 d. H2 O2
Answer: c
Solution:
When the oxidation state is maximum it acts like a strong oxidising agent
When the oxidation state is minimum it acts like a strong reducing agent
When the oxidation state is between its maximum and minimum, it acts like both an oxidizing
and as a reducing agent
In H3 PO4 , P has a +5 oxidation state and hence can act like a strong oxidising agent. In the rest,
the oxidation state is between their maximum and minimum.

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 4

9. The first Ionisation energy of Be is higher than that of Boron. Select the correct statements
regarding this:
(i) It is easier to extract electron from 2p orbital than 2s orbital
(ii) Penetration power of 2s orbital is greater than 2p orbital
(iii) Shielding of 2p electron by 2s electron
(iv) Radius of Boron atom is larger than that of Be

a. (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) b. (i), (iii), (iv)

c. (ii), (iii), (iv) d. (i), (ii), (iii)
Answer: d
Solution:

Be (4): 1s 2 2s 2

B (5): 1s 2 2s2 2p1

The electron in 2p1 can easily be extracted.

The penetrating power is of the order: s > p > d > f
The shielding power order: s > p > d > f
As we move along the period, the size decreases, as Zeff increases. Hence the radius of B is
smaller than the radius of Be.

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 5

10. For [PdFClBrI]2−, the number of geometrical Isomers = n. Determine the spin only magnetic
moment and CFSE for [Fe(CN)6 ]n−6 (Ignore pairing energy).
a. 1.73 B. M. , – 20
b. 2.84 B. M. , – 1.60
c. 0, – 1.60
d. 5.92 B. M. , – 2.40
Answer: a
Solution:

Number of geometrical isomers (n) = 3

[Fe(CN)6 ]n−6 = [Fe(CN)6 ]3−6 = [Fe(CN)6 ]−3

This implies, that Iron is in its +3 oxidation state.

Fe3+ (26): [Ar]3d5

CN − is a strong ligand in [Fe(CN)6 ]−3 and causes pairing. Hence, according to CFT, the
configuration will be t 52g e0g .

Hence, there is only 1 unpaired electron, i.e, n=1 in √n(n + 2) = √3 = 1.73 B.M

CFSE = (−0.4 × nt2g + 0.6 × neg )0

= (−0.4 × 5 + 0.6 × 0)0

= -20

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 6

11. A can reduce BO2 under which conditions?

a. > 1400 ℃ b. < 1400 ℃

c. > 1200 °C d. < 1200 °C
Answer: a
Solution: In Ellingham’s diagram, the line of the element that lies below can reduce the oxide of
the element which lies above it. Therefore, for A to reduce BO2 , the temperature when the line
for element A is below that of BO2, according to the graph when T > 1400 ℃.
For T > 1400 ℃ , ΔGr < 0 for A + BO2 ⇾ B + AO2

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 7

12. A → B; 700 K
C
A → B; 500 K
Rate of the reaction in absence of catalyst at 700 K is same as in presence of catalyst at 500 K. If
catalyst decreases the activation energy barrier by 30 kJ/mol, determine the activation energy
in presence of catalyst. (Assume ′A′ factor to be same in both cases)
a. 75 kJ
b. 135 kJ
c. 105 kJ
d. 125 kJ
Answer: c
Solution:
E
(− a )
K = Ae RT

K catalyst = K without catalyst

(Ea )c (Ea )
(− ) (− )
Ae RT500k
= Ae RT700k

(Ea )c (Ea )
(− ) (− )
e RT500k
=e RT700k

(Ea ) c (Ea )
− RT500k
=− RT700k

(Ea )c = Ea − 30
(Ea −30) (Ea )
− T500k
=− T700k

On Solving, Ea = 105 kJmol−1

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 8

13. A substance ′X′ having low melting point, does not conduct electricity in both solid and liquid
state. ′X′ can be :
a. Hg b. SiC
c. ZnS d. CCl4
Answer: d
Solution: CCl4 is non polar and does not conduct in either solid or liquid state.

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 9

14.

The major product for above sequence of reaction is:

a. b.

d.
c.

Answer: c
Solution:

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 10

 Hence, major product formed is that of option b.

15. Which of the following can give the highest yield in Friedel-Craft’s reaction?

a. b.

d.
c.

Answer: b
Solution: Out of the four options given, only aniline and phenol show strong +R effects, but as
we know, aniline is a Lewis base and can react with a Lewis acid that is added during the
reaction. Hence, Phenol gives the highest yield in Friedel-Craft’s reaction.

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 11

16.

What will be the major product?

a. c.

b.
d.

Answer: a
Solution:

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 12

17. Which of the following is the correct order for heat of combustion?

a. C > B > A b. B > A > C

c. A > B > C d. C > A > B

Answer: c
1
Solution: Heat of combustion α stability

The trans-isomer is more stable than the cis-isomer. More the number of trans forms in a
structure, higher the stability.

18. Write the correct order of basicity:

a. A > B > D > E > C b. B > A > D > C > E

c. A > B > E > D > C c. C > E > D > B > A
Answer: a
Solution: As we know weaker the conjugate base, stronger the acid.
The order of stability of conjugate base:

Hence, the order of basicity or acidic strength is:

A > B > D> E> C

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 13

19. A, B, C, and D are four artificial sweetners.
(i) A & D give positive test with ninhydrin.
(ii) C form precipitate with AgNO3 in the lassaigne extract of the sugar.
(iii) B & D give positive test with sodium nitroprusside.
Correct option is :
a. A – Saccharine, B – Aspartame, C – Sucralose, D – Alitame
b. A – Aspartame, B – Saccharine, C – Sucralose, D – Alitame
c. A – Saccharine, B – Aspartame, C – Alitame , D – Sucralose
d. A – Aspartame, B – Sucralose, C – Saccharine, D – Alitame
Answer: b
Solution:

It has a free amine group and hence reacts with ninhydrin to give a purple colour known as
Ruhemann's purple.

It has Sulphur, therefore, it will give a positive test with sodium nitroprusside.

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 14

It has chlorine and hence it forms a precipitate with AgNO3 in the Lassaigne’s extract of the
sugar.

It has a free amine group and hence reacts with ninhydrin to give purple colour known as
Ruhemann's purple. Also, it has Sulphur, therefore, it will give positive test with sodium
nitroprusside.

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 15

20.

Predict the compound (P) on the basis of above sequence of the reactions, where compound (P)
gives positive Iodoform test:

b.
a.

d.
c.

Answer: b
Solution:

is a methyl ketone, which gives positive Iodoform test.

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 16

 w
21. Given a solution of HNO3 of density 1.4 g/mL and 63% w. Determine molarity of HNO3 solution.

Answer: 14.00
w
Solution: % = 63%
w

ρ= 1.4 g/mL
w
(% × ρ× 10)
w
M= MM

(63× 1.4× 10)

M= 63

M= 14 mol/L

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 17

22. Determine the degree of hardness in terms of ppm of CaCO3 of 10–3 molar MgSO4 (aq).

Answer: 100.00
Solution:
Hardness of water is measured in ppm in terms CaCO3.
nCaCO3 = nMgSO
4

ppm is the parts (in grams) present per million i.e, 106

1000 mL has 10−3 moles of MgSO4 .

Grams of CaCO3 in 1000 mL = 10−3 × 100 grams

10−3 ×100
Grams of CaCO3 in 1 mL = 1000 mL
grams

10−3 ×100
Hardness = 1000 mL
× 106 = 100

23. Determine the amount of NaCl to be dissolved in 600 g of H2 O to decrease the freezing point by
0.2°C. Given : k f of H2 O = 2 Km−1
Answer: 1.76
Solution: NaCl is strong electrolyte and gives 2 ions in the solution. This implies, i=2.
w×1000
Molatility= 58.5×600

ΔTf = 0.2°C
ΔTf = i × k f × m
On solving we get,
w= 1.76grams

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 18

24. On passing a particular amount of electricity in AgNO3 solution, 108 g of Ag is deposited. What
will be the volume of O2 (g) in litres liberated at 1 bar, 273 K by the same quantity of electricity?
Answer: 5.68
Solution: On applying Faraday’s 1st law,
Moles of Ag deposited= 108/108= 1 mol.
Ag + + e− → Ag
1Faraday is required to deposit 1 mole of Ag.
1
H2 O → 2H + + O
2 2
+ 2e−

1
2
moles of O2 are deposited by 2 F of charge.
1
This implies, 1 F will deposit moles of O2
4
Using PV=nRT
P= 1 bar
T= 273 K
R= 0.0823 Lbar mol−1 K −1
On solving we get,
V = 5.68 L

25. Find percentage nitrogen by mass in Histamine?

Answer: 37.84
Solution:
Molecular mass of Histamine= 111
In Histamine, 3 Nitrogens are present (42g)
42
The percentage of Nitrogen by mass in Histamine = 111 × 100 = 37.84%

9th January 2020 (Shift- 1), Chemistry Page | 19

 JEE Main 2020 Paper

Date of Exam: 9th January 2020 (Shift 1)

Time: 9:30 A.M. to 12:30 P.M.
Subject: Mathematics

1. A sphere of 10 cm radius has a uniform thickness of ice around it. If the ice is melting at
the rate of 50 cm3 /min when thickness is 5 cm, then the rate of change of thickness is
1 1
a. b.
12𝜋 18𝜋
1 1
c. d.
9𝜋 36𝜋

Answer: (𝑏)
Solution:
Let thickness of ice be 𝑥 cm.
Therefore, net radius of sphere = (10 + 𝑥) cm
4
Volume of sphere 𝑉 = 𝜋(10 + 𝑥)3
3
𝑑𝑉 𝑑𝑥
⇒ 𝑑𝑡
= 4𝜋(10 + 𝑥)2 𝑑𝑡
𝑑𝑉
At 𝑥 = 5, 𝑑𝑡 = 50 cm3 /min
𝑑𝑥
⇒ 50 = 4𝜋 × 225 × 𝑑𝑡
𝑑𝑥 1
= 18𝜋 cm/min
𝑑𝑡

2. The number of real roots of 𝑒 4𝑥 + 𝑒 3𝑥 − 4𝑒 2𝑥 + 𝑒 𝑥 + 1 = 0 is

a. 1 b. 2
c. 3 d. 4

Answer: (𝑎)

Solution:

𝑒 4𝑥 + 𝑒 3𝑥 − 4𝑒 2𝑥 + 𝑒 𝑥 + 1 = 0
1 1
⇒ 𝑒 2𝑥 + 𝑒 𝑥 − 4 + + =0
𝑒𝑥 𝑒 2𝑥

1 1
⇒ (𝑒 2𝑥 + 𝑒 2𝑥 ) + (𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 𝑥 ) − 4 = 0

1 2 1
⇒ (𝑒 𝑥 + ) − 2 + (𝑒 𝑥 + ) −4=0
𝑒𝑥 𝑒𝑥

1
Let 𝑒 𝑥 + =𝑢
𝑒𝑥

Then, 𝑢2 + 𝑢 − 6 = 0

9th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 1

 ⇒ 𝑢 = 2, −3
𝑢 ≠ −3 as 𝑢 > 0 (∵ 𝑒 𝑥 > 0)
1
⇒ 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 𝑥 = 2 ⇒ (𝑒 𝑥 − 1)2 = 0 ⇒ 𝑒 𝑥 = 1 ⇒ 𝑥 = 0

Hence, only one real solution is possible.

𝜋 𝜋
3. If 𝑓′(𝑥) = tan−1 (sec 𝑥 + tan 𝑥), 𝑥 ∈ (− 2 , 2 ) and 𝑓(0) = 0, then the value of 𝑓(1) is
𝜋−1 𝜋+1
a. b.
4 4
𝜋+1
c. d. 0
2
Answer: (𝑏)

Solution:
1 + sin 𝑥
𝑓′(𝑥) = tan−1 (sec 𝑥 + tan 𝑥) = tan−1 ( )
cos 𝑥
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
sin2 2 + cos 2 2 + 2 sin 2 cos 2
−1
𝑓′(𝑥) = tan ( 𝑥 𝑥 )
cos2 − sin2
2 2
𝑥 𝑥 2
(cos 2 + sin 2)
𝑓′(𝑥) = tan−1 [ 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 ]
(cos 2 + sin 2) (cos 2 − sin 2)

𝑥
1 + tan
𝑓′(𝑥) = tan −1
[ 2]
𝑥
1 − tan 2

𝜋 𝑥
𝑓′(𝑥) = tan−1 [tan ( + )]
4 2
𝜋 𝑥
𝑓′(𝑥) = +
4 2
𝜋 𝑥2
⇒ 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥+ +𝑐
4 4
𝑓(0) = 0 ⇒ 𝑐 = 0
𝜋 1 𝜋+1
𝑓(1) = + =
4 4 4

4. The number of solutions of log 1 | sin 𝑥 | = 2 − log 1 |cos 𝑥|, 𝑥 ∈ [0,2𝜋] is

2 2

a. 2 b. 4
c. 8 d. 6
Answer: (𝑐)

9th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 2

 Solution:
log 1 | sin 𝑥 | = 2 − log 1 |cos 𝑥|, 𝑥 ∈ [0,2𝜋]
2 2

⇒ log 1 |sin 𝑥|| cos 𝑥 | = 2

2

1
⇒ |sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥| = 4
1
∴ sin 2𝑥 = ±
2

∴ We have 8 solutions for 𝑥 ∈ [0,2𝜋]

𝑥2 𝑦2 𝑥2 𝑦2
5. If 𝑒1 and 𝑒2 are the eccentricities of + = 1 and − = 1, respectively. If the
18 4 9 4
points (𝑒1 , 𝑒2 ) lies on the ellipse 15𝑥 + 3𝑦 = 𝑘. Then the value of 𝑘 is
2 2

a. 16 b. 14
c. 15 d. 17
Answer: (𝑎)

Solution:

4 √7 4 √13
e1 = √1 − = & 𝑒2 = √1 + =
18 3 9 3

∵ (𝑒1 , 𝑒2 ) lies on the ellipse 15𝑥 2 + 3𝑦 2 = 𝑘

∴ 15𝑒12 + 3𝑒22 = 𝑘
7 13
⇒ 15 × 9 + 3 × 9
= 𝑘 ⇒ 𝑘 = 16

9th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 3

 𝑑𝑥
6. The value of ∫ 6 8 is –
(𝑥−3)7 ×(𝑥+4)7

1 6
𝑥−3 7 𝑥−3 7
a. 7 (𝑥+4) +𝑐 b. 7 (𝑥+4) +𝑐
1 6
𝑥−3 7 𝑥+4 7
c. (𝑥+4) + 𝑐 d. 7 (𝑥−3) + 𝑐

Answer: (𝑐)
Solution:
𝑑𝑥
𝐼=∫ 6 8
(𝑥−3)7 ×(𝑥+4)7
6 6
(𝑥+4)7 𝑑𝑥 𝑥−3 − 7 𝑑𝑥
⇒𝐼 =∫ 6 = ∫( ) × (𝑥+4)2
(𝑥−3)7 ×(𝑥+4)2 𝑥+4

𝑥−3 1
Put = 𝑡 ⇒ 𝑑𝑡 = 7 ((𝑥+4)2) 𝑑𝑥
𝑥+4
6 1
− 1
∫𝑡 7 𝑥−3 7
⇒𝐼= 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑡 + 𝑐 =
7 (𝑥+4) +𝑐
7

𝑧−𝑖 5
7. If | | = 1 , |𝑧| = 2 then the value of |𝑧 + 3𝑖| is
𝑧+2𝑖
a. √10 b. √5
7
c. d. √3
2
Answer: (𝑐)

Solution:
𝑧−𝑖 5
If | | = 1 & |𝑧| = 2
𝑧+2𝑖

⇒ |𝑧 − 𝑖| = |𝑧 + 2𝑖|

⇒ 𝑥 2 + (𝑦 − 1)2 = 𝑥 2 + (𝑦 + 2)2
⇒ 𝑦 − 1 = ±(𝑦 + 2)
⇒ 𝑦 − 1 = −𝑦 − 2
1
⇒ 𝑦 = −2
5 25
⇒ |𝑧| = 2 ⇒ 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 4
1 25
⇒ 𝑥2 + =
4 4

⇒ 𝑥 = ±√6

9th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 4

 |𝑧 + 3𝑖| = √𝑥 2 + (𝑦 + 3)2
7
⇒ |𝑧 + 3𝑖| = 2
1 1 1
8. The value of 24 × 416 × 848 … ∞ is
a. 2 b. 1
1
c. √2 d. 24
Answer: (𝑐)

Solution:
1 1 1 1 2 4
24 × 416 × 848 … ∞ = 24 × 216 × 248 … ∞
1 1 1 1 1 1
+ + +⋯∞
⇒ 24 × 28 × 216 … ∞ = 24 8 16

1
( 41 )
1−
⇒2 2 = √2

𝜋 3𝜋 𝜋 3𝜋
9. The value of cos3 8 cos 8
+ sin3 8 sin 8
is –
1 1
a. b. −
2 2
1 1
c. d.
√2 2√2

Answer: (𝑑)
Solution:
𝜋 3𝜋 𝜋 3𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
cos3 8 cos 8
+ sin3 8 sin 8
= cos3 8 [4 cos 3 8 − 3 cos 8 ] + sin3 8 [3 sin 8 − 4 sin3 8 ]

𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
= 4 [cos6 8 − sin6 8 ] + 3 [sin4 8 − cos4 8 ]

𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
= 4 [cos2 8 − sin2 8 ] [cos4 8 + sin4 8 + cos2 8 sin2 8 ] − 3 [cos2 8 − sin2 8 ]

𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
= [cos 2 8 − sin2 8 ] [4 (1 − cos 2 8 sin2 8 ) − 3]

𝜋 𝜋 1
= cos [1 − sin2 ] =
4 4 2√2

2𝜋 𝑥 sin8 𝑥
10. The value of ∫0 𝑑𝑥 is
sin8 𝑥+cos8 𝑥
a. 4𝜋 2 b. 2𝜋 2
c. 𝜋 2 d. 3𝜋 2

Answer: (𝑐)

9th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 5

 Solution:
2𝜋 𝑥 sin8 𝑥
Let 𝐼 = ∫0 𝑑𝑥 … (1)
sin8 𝑥+cos8 𝑥

2𝜋 (2𝜋−𝑥) sin8(2𝜋−𝑥)
𝐼 = ∫0 𝑑𝑥
sin8(2𝜋−𝑥)+cos8(2𝜋−𝑥)

2𝜋
(2𝜋 − 𝑥) sin8 𝑥
=∫ 𝑑𝑥 … (2)
sin8 𝑥 + cos 8 𝑥
0

Adding (1) & (2) , we get:

2𝜋 sin8 𝑥
⇒ 2𝐼 = 2𝜋 ∫0 𝑑𝑥
sin8 𝑥+cos8 𝑥

2𝜋 sin8 𝑥
𝐼 = 𝜋 ∫0 𝑑𝑥
sin8 𝑥+cos8 𝑥
𝜋
sin8 𝑥
𝐼 = 4𝜋 ∫02 8 𝑑𝑥 … (3)
sin 𝑥+cos8 𝑥
𝜋 𝜋 𝜋
sin8(2−𝑥) cos8 𝑥
𝐼 = 4𝜋 ∫02 𝜋 𝜋 𝑑𝑥 = 4𝜋 ∫02 8 𝑑𝑥 … (4)
sin8(2−𝑥)+cos8 (2−𝑥) sin 𝑥+cos8 𝑥

Adding (3) & (4) , we get –

𝜋
2
𝜋 2
𝐼 = 2𝜋 ∫ 1 𝑑𝑥 = 2𝜋 × = 𝜋
2
0

1
11. If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑎 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐𝑥 2 where 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 ∈ 𝐑 then the value of ∫0 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 is –

1 1 1 1
a. (𝑓(1) + 𝑓(0) − 4𝑓 ( )) b. (𝑓(1) + 𝑓(0) + 2𝑓 ( ))
6 2 3 2
1 1 1 1
c. (𝑓(1) + 𝑓(0) + 4𝑓 (2)) d. (𝑓(1) − 𝑓(0) − 4𝑓 ( ))
6 6 2

Answer: (𝑐)
Solution:

𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑎 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐𝑥 2
𝑓(0) = 𝑎, 𝑓(1) = 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐
1 𝑐 𝑏
𝑓 (2) = 4 + 2 + 𝑎
1 1 𝑏 𝑐
∫0 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = ∫0 (𝑎 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐𝑥 2 )𝑑𝑥 = 𝑎 + 2 + 3
1 1
= 6 (6𝑎 + 3𝑏 + 2𝑐) = 6 (𝑎 + (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐) + (4𝑎 + 2𝑏 + 𝑐))

9th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 6

 1 1
= 6 (𝑓(0) + 𝑓(1) + 4𝑓 (2))

12. If the number of ways of forming 5 digit numbers (without repeating any digit), such that
the tenth place of the number must be occupied by 2 is 336𝑘, then the value of 𝑘 is
a. 5 b. 6
c. 7 d. 8
Answer: (𝑑)

Solution:

Total numbers that can be formed are

=8×8×7×6
= 8 × 336
∴𝑘=8

13. If 𝐷 is the centroid of the ∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 having vertices 𝐴(3, −1), 𝐵(1, 3), 𝐶(2, 4) and 𝑃 is the
point if intersection of lines 𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 1 = 0 and 3𝑥 − 𝑦 + 1 = 0, then which of the
following point lies on the line joining 𝐷 and 𝑃?
a. (−9, −6) b. (9, −6)
c. (9, 6) d. (−9, −7)

Answer: (𝑎)

Solution:
3+1+2 −1+3+4
Coordinates of 𝐷 are ( , ) = (2, 2)
3 3

Point of intersection of two lines

𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 1 = 0 and 3𝑥 − 𝑦 + 1 = 0
−1 2
is 𝑃 ( , )
5 5

Equation of line 𝐷𝑃 is 8𝑥 − 11𝑦 + 6 = 0

Point (−9, −6) lies on 𝐷𝑃

9th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 7

14. If 𝑓(𝑥) is twice differentiable and continuous function in 𝑥 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏]. Also 𝑓′(𝑥) > 0 and
𝑓(𝑐)−𝑓(𝑎)
𝑓 ′′ (𝑥) < 0 and 𝑐 ∈ (𝑎, 𝑏), then is greater than
𝑓(𝑏)−𝑓(𝑐)
a. 1 𝑎+𝑏
b.
𝑏−𝑐
𝑏−𝑐 𝑐−𝑎
c. d.
𝑐−𝑎 𝑏−𝑐

Answer: (𝑑)
Solution:
∴ 𝑐 ∈ (𝑎, 𝑏) and 𝑓 is twice differentiable and continuous function (𝑎, 𝑏)
∴ LMVT is applicable
𝑓(𝑐)−𝑓(𝑎)
For 𝑝 ∈ (𝑎, 𝑐), 𝑓 ′ (𝑝) = 𝑐−𝑎

𝑓(𝑏)−𝑓(𝑐)
For 𝑞 ∈ (𝑐, 𝑏), 𝑓 ′ (𝑞) = 𝑏−𝑐

∴ 𝑓′′(𝑥) < 0 ⇒ 𝑓′(𝑥) is decreasing

𝑓′(𝑝) > 𝑓′(𝑞)
𝑓(𝑐) − 𝑓(𝑎) 𝑓(𝑏) − 𝑓(𝑐)
⇒ >
𝑐−𝑎 𝑏−𝑐
𝑓(𝑐)−𝑓(𝑎) 𝑐−𝑎
⇒ > (as 𝑓′(𝑥) > 0 ⇒ 𝑓(𝑥) is increasing)
𝑓(𝑏)−𝑓(𝑐) 𝑏−𝑐

15. If three planes

𝑥 + 4𝑦 − 2𝑧 = 1
𝑥 + 7𝑦 − 5𝑧 = 𝛽
𝑥 + 5𝑦 + 𝛼𝑧 = 5
intersect in a line, then 𝛼 + 𝛽 =
a. −10 b. 0
c. 2 d. 10
Answer: (𝑑)

Solution:
The given planes intersect in a line
∴ 𝐷 = 𝐷𝑥 = 𝐷𝑦 = 𝐷𝑧 = 0

𝐷=0
1 4 −2
⇒ |1 7 −5| = 0 ⇒ 7𝛼 + 25 − 4𝛼 − 20 + 4 = 0
1 5 𝛼
⇒ 𝛼 = −3

9th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 8

 𝐷𝑧 = 0
1 4 1
⇒ |1 7 𝛽 | = 0 ⇒ 35 − 5𝛽 − 20 + 4𝛽 − 2 = 0
1 5 5
⇒ 𝛽 = 13
∴ 𝛼 + 𝛽 = 10

16. ∑10 10
𝑖=1(𝑥𝑖 − 5) = 10 and ∑𝑖=1(𝑥𝑖 − 5) = 40. If mean and variance of observations
2

(𝑥1 − 3), (𝑥2 − 3) … . . (𝑥10 − 3) is 𝜆 and 𝜇 respectively, then ordered pair (𝜆, 𝜇) is
a. (1,1) b. (1,3)
c. (3,1) d. (3,3)
Answer: (𝑑)
Solution:
10 10

∑(𝑥𝑖 − 5) = 10 ⇒ ∑ 𝑥𝑖 − 50 = 10
𝑖=1 𝑖=1
10

⇒ ∑ 𝑥𝑖 = 60
𝑖=1

∑10
𝑖=1(𝑥𝑖 − 3) ∑10
𝑖=1 𝑥𝑖 − 30
𝜆= = =3
10 10
Variance is unchanged, if a constant is added or subtracted from each observation
2
∑10
𝑖=1(𝑥𝑖 − 5)
2 ∑(𝑥𝑖 − 5)
𝜇 = 𝑉𝑎𝑟(𝑥𝑖 − 3) = 𝑉𝑎𝑟(𝑥𝑖 − 5) = −( )
10 10

40 10 2
= −( ) =3
10 10

17. 20 cards are placed in a bag with 10 named as 𝐴 and another 10 named as 𝐵. If cards are
draw n one by one (with replacement), then the probability that second 𝐴 comes
before third 𝐵 is
11 7
a. b.
16 16
9 13
c. d.
16 16
Answer: (𝑎)
Solution:

9th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 9

 1
Here 𝑃(𝐴) = 𝑃(𝐵) =
2

Then, these following cases are possible → 𝐴𝐴, 𝐵𝐴𝐴, 𝐴𝐵𝐴, 𝐴𝐵𝐵𝐴, 𝐵𝐵𝐴𝐴, 𝐵𝐴𝐵𝐴
1 1 1 1 1 1 11
So, the required probability is = + + + + + =
4 8 8 16 16 16 16

18. The negation of ′√5 is an integer or 5 is an irrational number′ is

a. √5 is an integer and 5 is not an irrational number.
b. √5 is not an integer and 5 is not an irrational number.
c. √5 is not an integer or 5 is not an irrational number.
d. √5 is not an integer and 5 is an irrational number.
Answer: (𝑏)
Solution:

𝑝: √5 is an integer
𝑞: 5 is an irrational number
Given statement : 𝑝 ∨ 𝑞
Required negation statement: ~(𝑝 ∨ 𝑞) = ~𝑝 ∧ ~𝑞

′√5 is not an integer and 5 is not an irrational number’

1 1 2 |adj 𝐵|
19. If 𝐴 = [1 3 4] , 𝐵 = adj(𝐴) and 𝐶 = 3𝐴, then is
|𝐶|
1 −1 3
a. 2 b. 4
c. 8 d. 16
Answer: (𝑐)

Solution:
1 1 2 1 1 2
𝐴 = [1 3 4] ⇒ |𝐴| = |1 3 4| = 13 + 1 − 8 = 6
1 −1 3 1 −1 3
𝐵 = adj(𝐴) ⇒ |adj 𝐵| = |adj(adj 𝐴)| = |𝐴|4 = 64
|𝐶| = |3𝐴| = 33 |𝐴| = 33 × 6

|adj 𝐵| 64 23 × 33
= 3 = =8
|𝐶| 3 ×6 33

20. If a circle touches y-axis at (0,4) and passes through (2,0), then which of the following
can be the tangent to the circle?

9th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 10

 a. 3𝑥 + 4𝑦 − 24 = 0 b. 4𝑥 − 3𝑦 − 17 = 0
c. 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 6 = 0 d. 3𝑥 + 4𝑦 − 6 = 0
Answer: (𝑑)

Solution:

𝑂𝐷 2 = 𝑂𝐴 × 𝑂𝐵 ⇒ 16 = 2 × 𝑂𝐵 ⇒ 𝑂𝐵 = 8
∴ 𝐴𝐵 = 6
∴ 𝐴𝑀 = 3, 𝐶𝑀 = 4 ⇒ 𝐶𝐴 = 5
∴ 𝑂𝑀 = 5
Centre will be (5,4) and radius is 5
Now checking option (𝑑)

3𝑥 + 4𝑦 − 6 = 0
15 + 16 − 6
= 5 (𝑝 = 𝑟)
√32 + 42

𝑑𝑦
21. (1 + 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = [(1 + 𝑥)2 + (𝑦 − 3)]. If 𝑦(2) = 0, then the value of 𝑦(3) is

Answer: (3)
Solution:
𝑑𝑦
(1 + 𝑥) = [(1 + 𝑥)2 + (𝑦 − 3)]
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦
⇒ (1 + 𝑥) − 𝑦 = (1 + 𝑥)2 − 3
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦 1 3
⇒ − 𝑦 =1+𝑥−
𝑑𝑥 (1 + 𝑥) 1+𝑥
1 1
I. F. = 𝑒 − ∫1+𝑥𝑑𝑥 =
1+𝑥

9th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 11

 1 3
𝑦× = ∫1 − 𝑑𝑥
1+𝑥 (1 + 𝑥)2
𝑦 3
=𝑥+ +𝑐
1+𝑥 1+𝑥
⇒ 𝑦 = 𝑥(1 + 𝑥) + 3 + 𝑐(1 + 𝑥)

At 𝑥 = 2, 𝑦 = 0, we get
0 = 6 + 3 + 3𝑐
⇒ 𝑐 = −3
⇒ At 𝑥 = 3,
𝑦 = 𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 = 9 − 6 = 3
⇒ 𝑦(3) = 3

sin(𝑎+2)𝑥+sin 𝑥
𝑥
, 𝑥<0
𝑏 , 𝑥=0
22. Function 𝑓(𝑥) = 1 1
is continuous at 𝑥 = 0. The value of 𝑎 + 2𝑏 is
(𝑥+3𝑥 2 )3 −𝑥 3
4 , 𝑥>0
{ 𝑥3

Answer: (0)

Solution:
𝑓(𝑥) is continuous at 𝑥 = 0
∴ lim− 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑏 = lim+ 𝑓(𝑥)
𝑥→0 𝑥→0
1 1
(ℎ + 3ℎ2 )3 − ℎ3
𝑏 = lim 𝑓(0 + ℎ) = lim 4
ℎ→0 ℎ→0
ℎ3
1 1
ℎ3 [(1 + 3ℎ)3 − 1]
⇒ 𝑏 = lim 4
ℎ→0
ℎ3
1
(1 + 3ℎ)3 − 1
⇒ 𝑏 = lim
ℎ→0 ℎ
1 2
⇒ 𝑏 = lim (1 + 3ℎ)−3 × 3
ℎ→0 3

or, 𝑏 = 1

9th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 12

 sin(𝑎 + 2)(−ℎ)) + sin(−ℎ)
lim 𝑓(𝑥) = 1 ⇒ lim =1
𝑥→0− ℎ→0 −ℎ
⇒ 𝑎 + 3 = 1 ⇒ 𝑎 = −2
⇒ 𝑎 + 2𝑏 = 0

23. The coefficient of 𝑥 4 in (1 + 𝑥 + 𝑥 2 )10 is

Answer: (615)

Solution:
10! 𝑞+2𝑟
General term of the given expression is given by 𝑥
𝑝!𝑞!𝑟!

Here, 𝑞 + 2𝑟 = 4
10!
For 𝑝 = 6, 𝑞 = 4, 𝑟 = 0, coefficient = = 210
6!×4!
10!
For 𝑝 = 7, 𝑞 = 2, 𝑟 = 1, coefficient = = 360
7!×2!×1!
10!
For 𝑝 = 8, 𝑞 = 0, 𝑟 = 2, coefficient = = 45
8!×2!

Therefore, sum = 615

24. If 𝑃⃗ = (𝑎 + 1)𝑖̂ + 𝑎𝑗̂ + 𝑎𝑘̂

𝑄⃗ = 𝑎𝑖̂ + (𝑎 + 1)𝑗̂ + 𝑎𝑘̂
𝑅⃗ = 𝑎𝑖̂ + 𝑎𝑗̂ + (𝑎 + 1)𝑘̂
2
and 𝑃⃗, 𝑄⃗ , 𝑅⃗ are coplanar vectors and 3(𝑃⃗. 𝑄
⃗ ) − 𝜆|𝑅⃗ × 𝑄
⃗ |2 = 0, then value of 𝜆 is

Answer: (1)

Solution:
⃗ , 𝑅⃗ are coplanar,
As 𝑃⃗, 𝑄
𝑎+1 𝑎 𝑎
| 𝑎 𝑎+1 𝑎 |=0
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎+1
𝑅1 → 𝑅1 + 𝑅2 + 𝑅3
3𝑎 + 1 3𝑎 + 1 3𝑎 + 1
| 𝑎 𝑎+1 𝑎 |=0
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎+1

9th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 13

 1 1 1
(3𝑎 + 1) |𝑎 𝑎+1 𝑎 |=0
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎+1
𝐶2 → 𝐶2 − 𝐶1 and 𝐶3 → 𝐶3 − 𝐶1
1 0 0
(3𝑎 + 1) |𝑎 1 0| = 0
𝑎 0 1
3𝑎 + 1 = 0
1
⇒𝑎=−
3
1 1 1
𝑃⃗ = (2𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ − 𝑘̂ ), ⃗ = (−𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ − 𝑘̂ ),
𝑄 𝑅⃗ = (−𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 2𝑘̂ )
3 3 3

1 𝑖̂ 𝑗̂ 𝑘̂
⃗ = |−1 −1 2 |
⃗𝑅 × 𝑄
9
−1 2 −1
1 1
⃗ = (−3𝑖̂ − 3𝑗̂ − 3𝑘̂ ) = − (𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ )
𝑅⃗ × 𝑄
9 3
2 1
⃗| =
|𝑅⃗ × 𝑄
3
1 1
⃗ = (−2 − 2 + 1) = −
𝑃⃗. 𝑄
9 3
2 2
⃗ ) − 𝜆|𝑅⃗ × 𝑄
3(𝑃⃗. 𝑄 ⃗| =0

1 1
⇒ −𝜆× =0⇒𝜆 =1
3 3

25. Points 𝐴(2, 4, 0), 𝐵(3, 1, 8), 𝐶(3, 1, −3), 𝐷(7, −3, 4) are four points. The projection of line
segment 𝐴𝐵 on line 𝐶𝐷 is
Answer: (8)
Solution:

𝐴𝐵 = 𝑖̂ − 3𝑗̂ + 8𝑘̂
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗

𝐶𝐷 = 4𝑖̂ − 4𝑗̂ + 7𝑘̂

⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ .𝐶𝐷
𝐴𝐵 ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ 4+12+56 72
Projection of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝐴𝐵 on ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝐶𝐷 is = ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ |
= = =8
|𝐶𝐷 √42 +42 +72 9

9th January 2020 (Shift 1), Mathematics Page | 14

 JEE Main 2020 Paper

Date of Exam: 𝟗𝐭𝐡 January (Shift II)

Time: 2:30 pm – 5:30 pm
Subject: Physics

1. There is a long solenoid of radius 𝑅 having 𝑛 turns per unit length with current flowing
in it. A particle having charge 𝑞 and mass 𝑚 is projected with speed 𝑣 in the perpendicular
direction of axis from a point on its axis. Find maximum value of 𝑣 so that it will not collide
with the solenoid.
𝑅𝑞𝜇0 𝑖𝑛 𝑅𝑞𝜇0 𝑖𝑛
a. b.
5𝑚 2𝑚
3𝑅𝑞𝜇0 𝑖𝑛 𝑅𝑞𝜇0 𝑖𝑛
c. d.
𝑚 4𝑚

Solution: (b)
𝑅
Looking at the cross-section of the solenoid, 𝑅𝑚𝑎𝑥 of the particle’s motion has to be 2
for it not to strike the solenoid.

𝑚𝑣 2
𝑞𝑣𝐵 =
𝑅
2
𝑅 𝑚𝑣𝑚𝑎𝑥
𝑅𝑚𝑎𝑥 = =
2 𝑞𝜇0 𝑖𝑛
𝑅𝑞𝜇0 𝑖𝑛
𝑉𝑚𝑎𝑥 =
2𝑚

2. A capacitor 𝐶 and resistor 𝑅 are connected to a battery of 5 𝑉 in series. Now the battery
is disconnected and a diode is connected as shown in the figures (a) and (b) respectively.

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 1

 The charge on the capacitor after time 𝑅𝐶 in (a) and (b) respectively is 𝑄𝐴 and 𝑄𝐵 . Their
values are

5𝐶𝑉 5𝐶𝑉 5𝐶𝑉

a. , 5𝐶𝑉 b. ,
𝑒 𝑒 2𝑒
c. 5𝐶𝑉, 5𝐶𝑉 5𝐶𝑉
d. 5𝐶𝑉, 𝑒

Solution:(a)
Maximum charge on capacitor = 5𝐶𝑉
is forward biased and (b) is reverse biased
For case (a)
−𝑡
𝑞 = 𝑞𝑚𝑎𝑥 (1 − 𝑒 𝑅𝐶 ) = 5𝐶𝑉
𝑄𝐴 = 5𝐶𝑉𝑒 −1
For case (b)
𝑄𝐵 = 5𝐶𝑉

3. Different values of 𝑎, 𝑏 and 𝑐 are given and their sum is 𝑑. Arrange the value of 𝑑 in
increasing order

𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
1 220.1 20.4567 40.118
2 218.2 22.3625 40.372
3 221.2 20.2435 39.432
4 221.4 18.3625 40.281

e. 𝑑1 = 𝑑2 = 𝑑3 = 𝑑4 f. 𝑑1 < 𝑑2 < 𝑑3 < 𝑑4

g. 𝑑1 > 𝑑2 > 𝑑3 > 𝑑4 h. 𝑑4 < 𝑑1 < 𝑑3 = 𝑑2

Solution:(d)

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 2

 𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 𝑎+𝑏+𝑐 =𝑑 Round
off
1. 220.1 20.4567 40.118 𝑑1 280.7
= 280.6747
2. 218.2 22.3625 40.372 𝑑2 280.9
= 280.9345
3. 221.2 20.2435 39.432 𝑑3 280.9
= 280.8755
4. 221.4 18.3625 40.281 𝑑4 280.0
= 280.0435

4. A particle starts moving with a velocity 𝑢 ⃗ = 3𝑖̂ from origin and an acceleration 𝑎 = 6𝑖̂ +
4𝑗̂ . Here, if the 𝑦-coordinate of the particle is 32 𝑚, then its x-coordinate at that instant
will be
a. 60 b. 48
c. 45 d. 22

Solution:(a)
1
𝑆𝑦 = 𝑢𝑦 𝑡 + 2 𝑎𝑦 𝑡 2
1
32 = 0 + × 4𝑡 2 → 𝑡 = 4 𝑠𝑒𝑐
2
1
𝑆𝑥 = 𝑢𝑥 𝑡 + 𝑎𝑥 𝑡 2
2
1
= 3 × 4 + × 6 × 16
2
= 60 𝑚

5. A mass 𝑚 is attached to a spring of natural length 𝑙𝑜 and spring constant 𝑘. One end of
the spring is attached to the centre of a disc in the horizontal plane which is being rotated
by a constant angular speed, . Find the extension per unit length in the spring (given
𝑘 >>> 𝑚2 )
3𝑚𝜔 2 √2 𝑚𝜔 2
a. b.
2𝑘 3 𝑘
𝑚𝜔 2 3𝑚𝜔 2
c. d.
𝑘 𝑘

Solution: (c)

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 3

 Using Newton’s second law of dynamics,
𝑚𝜔2 (𝑙𝑜 + 𝑥) = 𝑘𝑥
𝑙𝑜 𝑘
( + 1) =
𝑥 𝑚𝜔 2
𝑙𝑜 𝑚𝜔2
𝑥=
𝑘 − 𝑚𝜔 2
𝑘 >> 𝑚2
𝑥 𝑚𝜔 2
So, 𝑙 is equal to
𝑜 𝑘

6. A loop of radius 𝑅 and mass 𝑚 is placed in a uniform magnetic field 𝐵 with its plane
perpendicular to the field. A current 𝑖 is flowing in it. Now the loop is slightly rotated
about its diameter and released. Find the time period of oscillations.
𝜋𝑀 2𝜋𝑀
a. 2√ 𝑖𝐵 b. √ 𝑖𝐵

𝑀 𝑀
c. 2√𝜋𝑖𝐵 d. √𝜋𝑖𝐵

Solution: (b)

Considering the torque situation on the loop,

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 4

 𝜏 = 𝑀𝐵𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 = −𝑖𝛼
2
𝑚𝑅 2
𝜋𝑅 𝑖𝐵𝜃 = − 𝛼
2
2𝜋𝑖𝐵
The above equation is analogous to 𝜃 = −𝐶𝛼, where 𝐶 = 𝜔2 = 𝑀

2𝜋𝑖𝐵 2𝜋
𝜔=√ =
𝑀 𝑇

2𝜋𝑀
𝑇=√
𝑖𝐵

7. A sphere of density 𝜌 is half submerged in a liquid of density 𝜎 and surface tension 𝑇.

The sphere remains in equilibrium. Find the radius of this sphere. (Assume the force due
to surface tension acts tangentially to surface of sphere.)
3𝑇 3𝑇
a. √2(𝜌+𝜎)𝑔 b. √4(𝜌− 𝜎)𝑔
3𝑇 𝑇
c. √2(𝜌−𝜎)𝑔 d. √(𝜌+ 𝜎)𝑔
2

Solution:(c)

In equilibrium, net external force acting on the sphere is zero.

𝑚𝑔 = 𝐹𝑇 + 𝐵

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 5

 𝑉
𝜌𝑉𝑔 = 𝜎 ( ) 𝑔 + 𝑇2𝜋𝑅
2

4 2
𝜌 𝜋𝑅 3 𝑔 = 𝜎 𝜋𝑅 3 𝑔 + 𝑇2𝜋𝑅
3 3
3𝑇
𝑅= √ 𝜎
2 (𝜌 − 2) 𝑔

8. A string of mass per unit length  = 6 × 10−3 𝑘𝑔/𝑚 is fixed at both ends under the
tension 540 𝑁. If the string is in resonance with consecutive frequencies 420 𝐻𝑧 and
490 𝐻𝑧. Then what would be the length of the string?
a. 2.8 m b. 2.1 m
c. 4.5 m d. 4.2 m

Solution: (b)
Key Idea: The difference of two consecutive resonant frequencies is the fundamental
resonant frequency.
Fundamental frequency= 490 − 420 = 70 𝐻𝑧
1 𝑇
70 = √
2𝑙 𝜇

1 540
⇒ 70 = √
2𝑙 6 × 10−3
1 300
⇒𝑙= √90 × 10−3 =
2 × 70 140
⇒ 𝑙 ≈ 2.14 𝑚

𝑖̂+𝑗̂
9. An EM wave is travelling in direction. Axis of polarization of EM wave is found to be
2
𝑘̂. Then equation of magnetic field will be

𝑖̂−𝑗̂ 𝑖̂+𝑗̂ 𝑖̂+𝑗̂ 𝑖̂+𝑗̂

a. 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (𝜔𝑡 − 𝑘 ( )) b. 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (𝜔𝑡 + 𝑘 ( ))
√2 √2 √2 √2
𝑖̂−𝑗̂ 𝑖̂+𝑗̂ 𝑖̂+𝑗̂
c. 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (𝜔𝑡 + 𝑘 ( )) d. 𝑘̂𝑐𝑜𝑠 (𝜔𝑡 − 𝑘 ( ))
√2 √2 √2

Solution:(a)

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 6

 𝑖̂+𝑗̂
EM wave is in direction 2

Electric field is in direction 𝑘̂

Direction of propagation of EM wave is given by 𝐸⃗ × 𝐵

⃗

10. Two gases Ar (40) and Xe (131) at equal temperature have the same number density.
Their diameters are 0.07 nm and 0.10 nm respectively. Find the ratio of their mean free
time
a. 1.03 b. 2.04
c. 2.09 d. 2.49

Solution:(a)
1
Mean free time =
√2𝑛𝜋𝑑2

2
𝑡𝐴𝑟 𝑑𝑋𝑒 0.1 2 10 2
= 2 =( ) = ( ) = 2.04
𝑡𝑋𝑒 𝑑𝐴𝑟 0.07 7

11. When the same mass is suspended from two steel rods, the ratio of their energy densities
is 1: 4. If the lengths of both the rods are equal, then the ratio of their diameters will be
a. √2: 1 b. 1: √2
c. 1: 2 d. 2: 1

Solution: (a)

𝑑𝑈 1 𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠
= × 𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠 ×
𝑑𝑉 2 𝑌
1 𝐹2
= 2 × 𝐴2 𝑌
𝑑𝑈 1
∝ 4
𝑑𝑉 𝐷
𝑑𝑈
( ) 𝐷 4 1
𝑑𝑉 1
𝑑𝑈 = 𝐷2 4=4
( ) 1
𝑑𝑉 2

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 7

 𝐷1 1
= (4)4
𝐷2
∴ 𝐷1 : 𝐷2 = √2: 1

𝑀 𝑅 𝑣
12. Two planets of masses 𝑀 and have radii 𝑅 and 2 respectively. If the ratio (𝑣1 ) of the
2 2
𝑛
escape velocities from their surfaces is 4 , then n is
a. 8 b. 2
c. 4 d. 1

Solution: (c)
We know that the escape velocity is given by,
2𝐺𝑀
𝑉𝑒 = √
𝑅
Now
2𝐺𝑀
𝑉1 √ 𝑅
= =1
𝑉2 2𝐺𝑀
2
√ 𝑅
2
𝑉 𝑛
We are given that 𝑉1 =
2 4
𝑛
⇒ =1
4
⇒𝑛=4

𝑥 2
13. Find the centre of mass of the given rod of linear mass density 𝜆 = (𝑎 + 𝑏 ( 𝑙 ) ). Here, 𝑥
is the distance from one of its end. (Length of the rod is 𝑙)

3𝑙 2𝑎+𝑏 3𝑙 2𝑎+𝑏
a. (2𝑎+𝑏) b. (3𝑎+𝑏)
4 4

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 8

 𝑙 𝑎+𝑏 𝑎+𝑏
c. ( ) d. 𝑙 (3𝑎+𝑏)
4 3𝑎+𝑏

Solution:(b)
Here we take a small element along the length as 𝑑𝑥 at a distance 𝑥 from the left end as
shown.
1 𝑙
𝑥𝑐𝑚 = ∫ 𝑥. 𝑑𝑚
𝑀 0
𝑥 2
⇒ 𝑑𝑀 = 𝜆. 𝑑𝑥 = (𝑎 + 𝑏 ( ) ) . 𝑑𝑥
𝑙
𝑙 𝑏𝑥 2
∫ 𝑥𝜆𝑑𝑥 ∫ 𝑥 (𝑎 + ) 𝑑𝑥
0 𝑙2
𝑥𝑐𝑚 = =
∫ 𝜆𝑑𝑥 𝑙 𝑏𝑥 2
∫0 (𝑎 + 2 ) 𝑑𝑥
𝑙
𝑙 𝑙
𝑥2 𝑏 𝑥4
𝑎(2) + 2(4)
0 𝑙 0
= 𝑙
𝑏 𝑥3
𝑎(𝑥)𝑙0 + ( )
𝑙2 3 0
𝑎𝑙 2 𝑏𝑙 2
+
= 2 4
𝑏𝑙
𝑎𝑙 + 3
3𝑙 2𝑎 + 𝑏
= ( )
4 3𝑎 + 𝑏

14. A particle is projected from the ground with a speed u at an angle of 60° from horizontal.
It collides with a second particle of equal mass moving with a horizontal speed u in the
same direction at the highest point of its trajectory. If the collision is perfectly inelastic
then find the horizontal distance travelled by them after this collision when they reached
the ground.
3√6𝑢2 3√3𝑢2
a. b.
8𝑔 8𝑔
𝑢2 √3𝑢2
c. d.
8𝑔 𝑔

Solution: (b)

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 9

 The only external force acting on the colliding system during the collision is the
gravitational force. Since gravitational force is non- impulsive, the linear momentum of
the system is conserved just before and just after the collision.
𝑝𝑖 = 𝑝𝑓
𝑚𝑢 + 𝑚𝑢 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 = 2𝑚𝑣
𝑢(1 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠600 ) 3
⟹ 𝑣= = 𝑢
2 4
So the horizontal range after the collision = 𝑣𝑡
2𝐻max
= 𝑣√ 𝑔

3 2𝑢2 sin2 600

= 4 𝑢√ 2𝑔2
3
√
3 4 3√3𝑢2
=4𝑢 2
=
𝑔 8𝑔

15. System is released from rest. Moment of inertia of pulley is 𝐼. Find angular speed of pulley
when 𝑚1 block falls by ℎ. (Given 𝑚1 > 𝑚2 and assume no slipping between string and
pulley)

1 2(𝑚1 −𝑚2 )𝑔ℎ 1 4(m2 +m1 )gh

a. b.
𝑅√ 𝐼
𝑚1 +𝑚2 + 2 R√ m I
1 +m2 +R4
𝑅

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 10

 1 (m1 −m2 )gh 1 2(m2 +m1 )gh
c. d.
R √ m1 +m2 + I R √ m1 +m2 + I2
R R

Solution: (a)
Assume initial potential energy of the blocks to be zero. Initial kinetic energy is also
zero since the blocks are at rest.
When block 𝑚1 falls by ℎ, 𝑚2 goes up by ℎ (because of length constraint)
Final P.E = 𝑚2 𝑔ℎ − 𝑚1 𝑔ℎ
Let the final speed of the blocks be 𝑣 and angular velocity of the pulley be 𝜔
1 1
Final K.E = 2 (𝑚1 + 𝑚2 )𝑣 2 + 𝐼𝜔2
2
Total energy is conserved. Hence,
1 1
0 = 𝑚2 𝑔ℎ − 𝑚1 𝑔ℎ + (𝑚1 + 𝑚2 )𝑣 2 + 𝐼𝜔2
2 2
𝑣 = 𝜔𝑟 (due to no slip condition)
1 1
⇒ (𝑚1 + 𝑚2 )𝜔2 𝑅 2 + 𝐼𝜔2 = (𝑚1 − 𝑚2 )𝑔ℎ
2 2
1 1
⇒ 𝜔2 [ (𝑚1 + 𝑚2 )𝑅 2 + 𝐼] = (𝑚1 − 𝑚2 )𝑔ℎ
2 2
2(𝑚1 − 𝑚2 )𝑔ℎ
⇒ 𝜔2 =
𝐼
𝑅 2 [(𝑚1 + 𝑚2 ) + 2 ]
𝑅
1 2(𝑚1 − 𝑚2 )𝑔ℎ
⇒𝜔= √
𝑅 [(𝑚 + 𝑚 ) + 𝐼 ]
1 2
𝑅2

16. An H-like atom has its ionization energy equal to 9R. Find the wavelength of light emitted
(in 𝑛𝑚) when an electron jumps from the second excited state to the ground state. (R is
Rydberg constant)
a. 12.40 b. 11.39
c. 5.80 d. 22.76

Solution:(b)
ℎ𝑐 1 1
= (13.6 𝑒𝑉)𝑍 2 ( 2 − 2 )
𝜆 𝑛1 𝑛2
𝑛1 = 1

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 11

 𝑛2 = 3
For an H-like atom, ionization energy is (𝑅)𝑍 2.
This gives 𝑍 = 3

ℎ𝑐 1 1
= (13.6 𝑒𝑉)(32 ) ( 2 − 2 )
𝜆 1 3
ℎ𝑐 8
⟹ 𝜆 = (13.6 𝑒𝑉)(9) × 9
1240
wavelength = 8×13.6 𝑛𝑚
𝜆 = 11.39 𝑛𝑚

4
17. A point source is placed at a depth ℎ in a liquid of refractive index is 3 . Find the
percentage of energy of light that escapes from the liquid. (Assuming 100 % transmission
of emerging light)
a. 17 % b. 25 %
c. 10 % d. 8 %

Solution:(a)

The portion of light escaping into the air from the liquid will form a cone. As long as the
angle of incidence on the liquid – air interface is less than the critical angle, i.e. 𝑖 < 𝜃𝐶 ,
the light rays will undergo refraction and emerge into the air.
For 𝑖 > 𝜃𝐶 , the light rays will suffer TIR. So, these rays will not emerge into the air.
The portion of light rays emerging into the air from the liquid will form a cone of half
angle = 𝜃𝐶

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 12

 1 3 √7
sin 𝜃𝐶 = = , cos 𝜃𝐶 =
𝜇𝐿𝑖𝑞 4 4
Solid angle contained in this cone is
Ω = 2𝜋(1 − cos 𝜃𝐶 )

Ω
Percentage of light that escapes from liquid = 4𝜋 × 100
Putting values we get
4−√7
Percentage = × 100 ≈ 17%
8

18. An electron (| 𝑒|, 𝑚) is released in Electric field 𝐸 from rest. Rate of change of de-Broglie
wavelength with time will be.
ℎ ℎ
a. − 2| 𝑒| b. − 2| 𝑒|𝑡
ℎ 2ℎ𝑡 2
c. − | 𝑒|𝐸𝑡 2 d. − | 𝑒|𝐸

Solution:(c)
ℎ
𝜆𝐷 =
𝑚𝑣
𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒, 𝑣 = 𝑎𝑡
𝑒𝐸 𝑒𝐸
𝑣= 𝑡 (𝑎 = )
𝑀 𝑀
ℎ
𝜆𝐷 =
𝑒𝐸
𝑚𝑀𝑡
ℎ
𝜆𝐷 =
𝑒𝐸𝑡
𝑑𝜆𝐷 ℎ
=
𝑑𝑡 |𝑒|𝐸𝑡 2

19. An AC source is connected to the LC series circuit with 𝑉 = 10 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (314𝑡). Find the
current in the circuit as function of time ? (𝐿 = 40 𝑚𝐻, 𝐶 = 100 𝜇𝐹)
a. 10.4 𝑠𝑖𝑛 (314𝑡) b. 0.52 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (314𝑡)
c. 0.52 sin (314t) d. 5.2 𝑐𝑜𝑠 (314𝑡)

Solution:(b)

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 13

 Impedance 𝑍 = √𝑅 2 + (𝑋𝐶 − 𝑋𝐿 )2
= √(𝑋𝐶 − 𝑋𝐿 )2
= 𝑋𝐶 − 𝑋𝐿
1
= 𝜔𝐶 − 𝜔𝐿
1
= 314×100×10−6 − 314 × 40 × 10−3
= 31.84 − 12.56 = 19.28 Ω

𝜋
For 𝑋𝐶 > 𝑋𝐿 , current leads voltage by 2
𝜋
𝑉 10 sin(314𝑡 + 2)
∴𝑖= =
𝑍 19.28
= 0.52 cos (314𝑡)

20. Find the current supplied by the battery.

a. 0.1 𝐴 b. 0.3 𝐴
c. 0.4 𝐴 d. 0.5 𝐴

Solution:(b)

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 14

 Since the diodes are reverse biased, they will not conduct.
Hence, the circuit will look like

𝑅𝑒𝑓𝑓 = 5 + 10 + 5 + 10 = 30 Ω
9
𝐼= = 0.3 𝐴
30

21. An ideal gas at an initial temperature 300 𝐾 is compressed adiabatically ( = 1.4) to its
initial volume. The gas is then expanded isobarically to double its volume. Then the final
temperature of the gas rounded off to nearest integer is.

Solution:(1819 K)

𝑃𝑉 𝛾 =Constant
𝑇𝑉 (𝛾−1) =constant
2
(1.4−1) 𝑉 5
300(𝑉1 ) = 𝑇𝐵 (161 )
8
𝑇𝐵 = 300 × 2(5)
Now for BC process
𝑉𝐵 𝑉𝐶
=
𝑇𝐵 𝑇𝐶

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 15

 𝑉𝐶 𝑇𝐵 8
𝑇𝐶 = = 2 × 300 × 2(5)
𝑇𝐵
𝑇𝐶 = 1819 𝐾

22. If electric field in the space is given by 𝐸⃗ = 4𝑥𝑖̂ − (𝑦 2 + 1)𝑗̂, and electric flux through
ABCD is 1 and electric flux through BCEF is 𝜙2 , then find (1 – 2 ).

Solution: (-40)
Electric flux through a surface is ∅ = ∫ 𝐸⃗ = 𝑑𝐴
For surface 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷,
𝑑𝐴 is along (−𝑘̂)
So, at all the points of this surface,
𝐸⃗ . 𝑑𝐴 = 0
Because, ∅𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 = ∅1 = 0
For surface 𝐵𝐶𝐸𝐹,
𝑑𝐴 is along (𝑖̂)
So,
𝐸⃗ . 𝑑𝐴 = 𝐸𝑥 𝑑𝐴
∅𝐵𝐶𝐸𝐹 = ∅2 = 4𝑥(2 × 2)
If 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 = 3
𝑁 − 𝑚2
∅2 = 48
𝐶
𝑁−𝑚2
Hence, ∅1 − ∅2 = −48 𝐶

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 16

23. In a YDSE interference pattern obtained with light of wavelength 1 = 500 𝑛𝑚, 15 fringes
are obtained on a certain segment of screen. If number of fringes for light of wavelength
2 on same segment of screen is 10, then the value of 2 (in 𝑛𝑚) is

Solution:(750)

If the length of the segment is y,

Then 𝑦 = 𝑛 𝛽
𝑛 = no. of fringes,
𝛽 = fringe width
𝐷 𝐷
15 × 500 × 𝑑 = 10 × 2 × 𝑑
2 = 15 × 50 𝑛𝑚
2 = 750 𝑛𝑚

24. In a meter bridge experiment, the balancing length was 25 cm for the situation shown in
the figure. If the length and diameter of the of wire of resistance 𝑅 is halved, then the new
balancing length in centimetre is

Solution:(40)

𝑋 75
= =3
𝑅 25
𝜌𝑙 4𝜌𝑙
𝑅= =
𝐴 𝜋𝑑 2
𝑙
4𝜌 2
𝑅′ = = 2𝑅
𝑑 2
𝜋 (2)
𝑋 100−𝑙
Then 𝑅′ =( 𝑙 )
100 − 𝑙 𝑋 3
= =
𝑙 2𝑅 2

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 17

 𝑙 = 40.00𝑐𝑚

25. Find the power loss in each diode (in 𝑚𝑊), if potential drop across the Zener diode is 8𝑉.

Solution:(40)
12−8 4
𝑖 = (200+200) 𝐴 = 400 = 10−2 𝐴
Power loss in each diode = (4)(10−2 ) 𝑊 = 40 𝑚𝑊

9th Jan (Shift 2,Physics) Page | 18

 JEE Main 2020 Paper

Date: 9th January 2020

Time: 02.30 PM – 05:30 PM
Subject: Chemistry

1. 5 g of Zn reacts with
I. Excess of NaOH
II. Dilute HCl , then the volume ratio of H2 gas evolved in I and II is:
a. 2:1 b. 1:2
c. 1:1 d. 3:1
Answer: c
Solution:
Zn + 2NaOH → Na2 ZnO2 + H2
Zn + 2HCl → ZnCl2 + H2
So, the ratio of volume of H2 released in both the cases is 1:1.

2. Given, Ksp for Cr(OH)3 is 6× 10−31 then determine [OH − ] :

a. (18 × 10−31 )1/4 M b. (18 × 10−31 )1/2 M
c. (6 × 10−31 )1/4 M 6
d. ( × 10−31 ) M
1/4
27

Answer: a
Solution:
3+ −
Cr(OH)3 (s) → Cr(aq.) + 3OH(aq.)
1-S S 3S

K sp = 27S 4
610−31 = 27S 4
6 1/4
S= [ 10−31 ]
27
6 1/4
[OH − ] = 3S = 3 [ 10−31 ] = (1810−31 )1/4 M
27

9th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 1

3. Select the correct statements among the following:
A. LiCl does not dissolve in pyridine
B. Li does not react ethyne to form ethynide
C. Li and Mg react slowly with water
D. Among the alkali metals, Li has highest tendency for hydration
a. B, C, D b. A, B, C, D
c. A, B, C d. C, D
Answer: a
Solution:
Only LiCl amongst the first group chlorides dissolve in pyridine because the solvation energy of
lithium is higher than the other salts of the same group.
Lithium does not react with ethyne to form ethynilide due to its small size and high polarizability.
Lithium and Magnesium both have very small sizes and very high ionization potentials so, they
react slowly with water.
Amongst all the alkali metals, Li has the smallest size hence, the hydration energy for Li is
maximum.

4. Given an element having the following ionization enthalpies, IE1 = 496 kJ mol-1 and IE2 = 4562
kJ mol-1 . One mole of hydroxide of this element is treated separately with HCl and H2SO4
respectively. Moles of HCl and H2SO4 reacted respectively are:
a. 1, 0.5 b. 0.5, 1
c. 2, 0.5 d. 0.5, 2
Answer: a
Solution:
The given data for ionization energies clearly shows that IE2 ≫ IE1 . So, the element belongs to the
first group. Therefore, we can say that this element will be monovalent and hence forms a
monoacidic base of the type MOH.

MOH + HCl → MCl + H2 O

2MOH + H2 SO4 → M2 SO4 + 2H2 O

So, from the above equation we can say that,

1 mole of metal hydroxide requires 1 mole of HCl and 0.5 mole of H2 SO4.

9th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 2

5. Reactant A is represented by the squares which is in equilibrium with product B represented by
circles. Then the value of equilibrium constant is:

a. 1 b. 2
c. 3 d. 4

Answer: b

Solution:
Let us assume the equation to be A ⇌ B,
Number of particles of A = 6
Number of particles of B = 11
11
K= ≈2
6

6. Given following complexes:

I. Na4[Fe(CN)6]
II. [Cr(H2O)6]Cl2
III. (NEt4)2[CoCl4]
IV. Na3[Fe(C2O4)3] (0 > P)
The correct order of spin only magnetic moment for the above complexes
a. (II)>(II)>(IV)>(I) b. (II)>(IV)>(III)>(I)
c. (I)>(III)>(III)>(II) d. (II)>(I)>(IV)>(III)

Answer: a

Solution:

Complex (I) has the central metal ion as Fe2+ with strong field ligands.
Configuration of Fe2+ = [Ar] 3d6
Strong field ligands will pair up all the electrons and hence the magnetic moment will be zero.

Complex (II) has the central metal ion as Cr 2+with weak field ligands.
Configuration of Cr 2+= [Ar] 3d4
As weak field ligands are present, pairing does not take place. There will be 4 unpaired electrons
and hence the magnetic moment = √24 B.M.

9th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 3

 Complex (III) has the central metal ion as Co2+ with weak field ligands.
Configuration of Co2+= [Ar] 3d7
As weak field ligands are present no pairing can occur. There will be 3 unpaired electrons and
hence the magnetic moment = √15 B.M.

Complex (IV) has the central metal ion as Fe3+ with strong field ligands.
Configuration of Fe3+ =[Ar] 3d5
Strong field ligands will pair up the electrons but as we have a [Ar] 3d5 configuration, one electron
will remain unpaired and hence the magnetic moment will be √3 B.M.

7. Select the correct option:

a. Entropy is a function of temperature and also entropy change is a function of temperature.
b. Entropy is a function of temperature & entropy change is not a function of temperature.
c. Entropy is not a function of temperature & entropy change is a function of temperature.
d. Both entropy & entropy change are not a function of temperature.
Answer: a
Solution:
Entropy is a function of temperature, at any temperature, the entropy can be given as:
T nCdT
ST = ∫0 T

Change in entropy is also a function of temperature, at any temperature, the entropy change can be
given as:
dq
∆S = ∫
T

8. A compound (A: B3N3H3Cl3) reacts with LiBH4 to form inorganic benzene (B). (A) reacts with (C)
to form B3N3H3(CH3)3. (B) and (C) respectively are:
a. Boron nitride, MeMgBr b. Boron nitride, MeBr
c. Borazine, MeBr d. Borazine, MeMgBr

Answer: d
Solution:
B3 N3 H3 Cl3 + LiBH4 → B3 N3 H6 + LiCl + BCl3

B3 N3 H3 Cl3 + 3CH3 MgBr → B3 N3 H3 (CH3 )3 + 3MgBrCl

So, we can say that,

B is B3 N3 H6
C is CH3 MgBr

9th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 4

9. In a box, a mixture containing H2, O2 and CO along with charcoal is present. Then, the variation
of pressure with time will be:
a. b.

c. d.

Answer: c
Solution:
As H2 , O2 and CO gets adsorbed on the surface of charcoal, the pressure decreases. So, option (a)
and (d) can be eliminated. After some time, as almost all the surface sites are occupied, the pressure
becomes constant.

10. Given the complex: [Co(NH3)4Cl2]. If in this complex, the Cl–Co–Cl bond angle is 90o , then it is a:
a. Cis-isomer b. Trans-isomers
c. Meridional and Trans d. Cis and trans both

Answer: a

Solution:
In cis-isomer, similar ligands are at an angle of 90o .

9th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 5

11. Amongst the following, which has the least conductivity?
a. Distilled water b. Sea water
c. Saline water used for intra venous d. Well water
injection

Answer: a
Solution:
In distilled water there are no ions present except H + and OH − ions, both of which are immensely
minute in concentration, that renders their collective conductivity negligible.

12. Number of sp2 hybrid orbitals in Benzene is:

a. 18 b. 24
c. 6 d. 12

Answer: a
Solution:
Benzene (C6 H6 ) has 6 sp2 hybridized carbons. Each carbon has 3 σ-bonds and 1 π-bond. 3 σ-bonds
means that there are 3 sp2 hybrid orbitals for each carbon. Hence, the total number of sp2 hybrid
orbitals is 18.

9th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 6

13. Which of the following reaction will not give a racemic mixture as the product?
a.

b.

c.
d.

Answer: b
Solution:

1,2-Hydride
H3C H+ H3C shift H3C
CH2 CH3 CH3
H
CH3 CH3 CH3

Cl-

H3 C
CH3
Cl
CH3

9th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 7

14. In which compound is the C–Cl bond length the shortest?
a. Cl − CH = CH2 b. Cl − CH = CH − CH3
c. Cl − CH = CH − OCH3 d. Cl − CH = CH − NO2
Answer: d
Solution:
There is extended conjugation present in option (d), which will reduce the length of C-Cl bond to
the greatest extent which can be represented as follows:

Cl O Cl O
N N
O O

15. Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) is defined as ............ in ppm of O2.

a. Required to sustain life.
b. The amount of oxygen required by bacteria to break down the organic matter present in a
certain volume of a sample of water.
c. The amount of oxygen required by anaerobic bacteria to break down the inorganic matter
present in a certain volume of a sample of water.
d. Required photochemical reaction to degrade waste.
Answer: b
Solution:
Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) is the amount of dissolved oxygen used by microorganisms in
the biological process of metabolizing organic matter in water.

9th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 8

16. Monomer(s) of which of the given polymer is chiral?
a. Buna-S b. Neoprene
c. Nylon-6,6 d. PHBV
Answer: d
Solution:

17.
Lab tests
Compound Molisch’s test Barfoed’s test Biuret test
A 𝙭 𝙭
B 𝙭
C 𝙭 𝙭
Which of the following options is correct?
A B C
a. Lactose Glucose Albumin
b. Lactose Glucose Alanine
c. Lactose Fructose Alanine
d. Glucose Sucrose Albumin
Answer: a
Solution:
Lactose, glucose and fructose gives positive Molisch’s test.
Glucose gives positive Barfoed’s test whereas sucrose gives a negative for Barfoed’s test.
Albumin gives positive for Biuret test whereas alanine gives a negative Biuret test.

9th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 9

18. The order of basic character is:

a. I > II > III > IV b. IV > III > I > II

c. II > I > III > IV d. IV > I > II > III

Answer: b
Solution:
The basicity of the compound depends on the availability of the lone pairs.
In compound IV, Nitrogen is sp3 hybridized.
In compound III, Nitrogen is sp2 hybridized and the lone pairs are not involved in resonance.
In compound I, Nitrogen is sp2 hybridized and the lone pairs are involved in resonance.
In compound II, Nitrogen is sp2 hybridized and the lone pairs are involved in resonance such that,
they are contributing to the aromaticity of the ring.
From the above points we can conclude that the basicity order should be IV > III > I > II.

9th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 10

19.

Compound A will be:

a. b.

c. d.

Answer: b

Solution:

HO
N
NH2 N2+Cl- N
NaNO2 -Naphthol
HCl dil. base
CH3 CH3 CH3
Coloured
NH2 NH2 compound

Br2, H2O Br Br

CH3 CH3
Br
B (C7H6NBr3)

9th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 11

20.

Compound X will be:

a. b.

c. d.
. dd
.

Answer: d
Solution:

Br O
1) Br2, h 2) alc. KOH 3) O3 H
4) Me2S H
O

 5) dil. NaOH

9th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 12

21. Total number of Cr–O bonds in Chromate ion and Dichromate ion is:
Answer: 12
Solution:

O O O

Cr Cr Cr
O O O O O
O O O
Chromate ion Dichromate ion

22. Lacto bacillus has a generation time of 60 minutes at 300K and 40 minutes at 400K. Determine
kJ 2
the activation energy in mol . (R = 8.3 J K −1 mol−1)[ln(3) = -0.4]

Answer: 3.98
Solution:
The generation time can be utilized to get an indication of the rate ratio. Let the amount generated
be (x).
Amount generated
Rate =
Time taken
(x) (x)
Rate300 K = 60
Rate400 K = 40

Rate300K 40
=
Rate400K 60
For the same concentration (which is applicable here), the rate ratio can also be equaled to the
ratio of rate constants.
K at 400K Ea 1 1
ln[ ]= [ − ]
K at 300K R T1 T2
60 Ea 1 1
ln = [ − ]
40 8.3 300 400
Ea = 0.4 x 8.3 x 1200 = 3984 J/mol = 3.98 kJ/mol

9th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 13

 g
23. One litre of sea water (d = 1.03 ) contains 10.3 mg of O2 gas. Determine the concentration of
cm3
O2 in ppm:
Answer: 10.00
Solution:
w
Ppm = w Solute x 100
Solution
Using the density of the solution and its volume (1L = 1000 mL = 1000 cm3), the weight of the
solution can be calculated.
Wsolution = 1.03 x 1000 = 1030 g
10.3 x 10−3 g
Thus, ppm = 1030 g
x 100

24. 0.1 mole of an ideal gas has volume 1 dm3 in a locked box with a frictionless piston. The gas is in
thermal equilibrium with an excess of 0.5 m aqueous ethylene glycol at its freezing point. If the
piston is released all of a sudden at 1 atm, then determine the final volume of gas in dm3
(R = 0.08 atm L mol–1 K–1 ; Kf = 2.0 K molal-1)
Answer: 2.18
Solution:
Kf = 2
Molality, ‘m’ = 0.5
Tf = Kf . m
= (0.5 × 2) = 1

So, the initial temperature now becomes 272 K. Further using the given value of moles and initial
volume of the gas and the calculated initial temperature value, we can find out the initial pressure
of the ideal gas contained inside the piston.

nRT
Pgas = V1
= (0.1)(0.08)(272) = 2.176 atm

Now, on releasing the piston against an external pressure of 1 atm, the gas will expand until the
final pressure of the gas, i.e. P2 becomes equal to 1 atm. During this expansion, since no reaction is
happening and the temperature of the gas is not changing as well, the boyle’s law relation can be
applied.

P1V1 = P2V2
2.176 x 1 = 1 x V2

9th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 14

25.

The percentage of carbon in compound A is:

Answer: 66.67
Solution:

O O OH CH3
CH3MgBr CH3 H3O+ CH3 Cu CH3
CH3 H3C CH H3C CH H3C
H3C 3 3 573 K
(A) (B)

Compound A is CH3(CO)CH2CH3 (C4H8O)

w 12 x 4
The percentage of carbon in compound A by weight is w Carbon = 72 = 66.67
Compound

9th January 2020 (Shift- 2), Chemistry Page | 15

 JEE Main 2020 Paper

Date: 9th January 2020 (Shift 2)

Time: 2:30 P.M. to 5:30 P.M.
Subject: Mathematics

𝑥+𝑎 𝑥+2 𝑥+1

1. If 𝑓(𝑥) = |𝑥 + 𝑏 𝑥 + 3 𝑥 + 2| and 𝑎 − 2𝑏 + 𝑐 = 1 then
𝑥+𝑐 𝑥+4 𝑥+3
a. 𝑓(−50) = −1 b. 𝑓(50) = 1

c. 𝑓(50) = −501 d. 𝑓(50) = 501

Answer: (𝑎)
Solution:
𝑥+𝑎 𝑥+2 𝑥+1
Given 𝑓(𝑥) = |𝑥 + 𝑏 𝑥 + 3 𝑥 + 2|
𝑥+𝑐 𝑥+4 𝑥+3
𝑎 − 2𝑏 + 𝑐 = 1
Applying 𝑅1 → 𝑅1 − 2𝑅2 + 𝑅3
𝑎 − 2𝑏 + 𝑐 0 0
𝑓(𝑥) = | 𝑥+𝑏 𝑥 + 3 𝑥 + 2|
𝑥+𝑐 𝑥+4 𝑥+3
Using 𝑎 − 2𝑏 + 𝑐 = 1
∴ 𝑓(𝑥) = (𝑥 + 3)2 − (𝑥 + 2)(𝑥 + 4)
⇒ 𝑓(𝑥) = 1
⇒ 𝑓(50) = 1
⇒ 𝑓(−50) = 1

1
𝑥 0<𝑥<
2
1 1
2. If 𝑓(𝑥) = 2
𝑥= 2
1
1−𝑥 <𝑥<1
{ 2

1 2 1 √3
𝑔(𝑥) = (𝑥 − ) then find the area bounded by 𝑓(𝑥) and 𝑔(𝑥) from 𝑥 = to 𝑥 = .
2 2 2
√3 1 √3 1
a.
2
−3 b.
4
+3

c. 2√3 d. 3√3

9th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 1

Answer: (𝑎)
Solution:
1
𝑥 0<𝑥<
2
1 1
Given 𝑓(𝑥) = 2
𝑥= 2
1
{1 − 𝑥 2
<𝑥<1
1
𝑔(𝑥) = (𝑥 − )2
2
1 √3
The area between 𝑓(𝑥) and 𝑔(𝑥) from 𝑥 = to = :
2 2

Points of intersection of 𝑓(𝑥) and (𝑥) :

1 2
1 − 𝑥 = (𝑥 − )
2
√3 √3
⇒𝑥= ,−
2 2
√3
2
Required area = ∫ (𝑓(𝑥) − 𝑔(𝑥))𝑑𝑥
1
2
√3
2 1 2
= ∫ (1 − 𝑥 − (𝑥 − ) ) 𝑑𝑥
1
2
2

√3
𝑥2 1 1 3 2
=𝑥− − (𝑥 − ) |1
2 3 2
2

√3 1
= −
4 3

9th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 2

3. If 𝑝 → (𝑝 ∧ ~ 𝑞) is false. Truth value of 𝑝 and 𝑞 will be
a. TF b. FT
c. TT d. FF
Answer: (𝑐)
Solution:
Given 𝑝 → (𝑝 ∧ ~ 𝑞)
Truth table:
𝑝 𝑞 ~𝑞 (𝑝 ∧ ~ 𝑞) 𝑝 → (𝑝 ∧ ~ 𝑞)

T T F F F
T F T T T
F T F F T
F F T F T
𝑝 → (𝑝 ∧ ~ 𝑞) is false when 𝑝 is true and 𝑞 is true.

𝑑𝜃
4. ∫ cos2 𝜃 = 𝜆 tan 𝜃 + 2 log 𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑐 then ordered pair (𝜆, 𝑓(𝑥)) is
(sec 2𝜃+tan 2𝜃)
a. (1, 1 + tan 𝜃) b. (1, 1 − tan 𝜃)
c. (−1, 1 + tan 𝜃) d. (−1, 1 − tan 𝜃)

Answer: (𝑐)
Solution:
𝑑𝜃
Let 𝐼 = ∫
cos2 𝜃(sec 2𝜃+tan2𝜃)
sec2 𝜃𝑑𝜃
𝐼 =∫ 1+tan2 𝜃 2 tan 𝜃
( )+ ( )
1−tan2 𝜃 1− tan2 𝜃

(1− tan2 𝜃)(sec2 𝜃)𝑑𝜃

𝐼 =∫
(1+tan 𝜃)2
Let tan 𝜃 = 𝑘 ⇒ sec 2 𝜃 𝑑𝜃 = d𝑘
(1− 𝑘 2 ) (1− 𝑘)
𝐼 =∫ 𝑑𝑘 = ∫ (1+𝑘) 𝑑𝑘
(1+𝑘)2
2
𝐼 = (1+𝑘 − 1) 𝑑𝑘

𝐼 = 2 ln|1 + 𝑘| − 𝑘 + 𝑐
𝐼 = 2 ln|1 + tan 𝜃| − tan 𝜃 + 𝑐

9th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 3

 Given 𝐼 = 𝜆tan𝜃 + 2 log 𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑐
∴ 𝜆 = −1 , 𝑓(𝑥) = |1 + 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝜃|

5. Let 𝑎𝑛 is a positive term of GP and ∑100

𝑛=1 𝑎2𝑛+1 = 200 , ∑𝑛=1 𝑎2𝑛 = 100, then the value of ∑𝑛=1 𝑎𝑛
100 200

is
a. 150 b. 225
c. 300 d. 175
Answer: (𝑎)
Solution:
𝑎𝑛 is a positive term of GP.
Let GP be 𝑎, 𝑎𝑟, 𝑎𝑟 2 , . . . ..
∑100
𝑛=1 𝑎2𝑛+1 = 𝑎3 + 𝑎5 + . . . . . . . +𝑎201
200 = 𝑎𝑟 2 + 𝑎𝑟 4 + . . . . . . . + 𝑎𝑟 201
𝑎𝑟 2 (𝑟 200 −1)
200 = . . . (1)
𝑟 2 −1
Also, ∑100
𝑛=1 𝑎2𝑛 = 100
100 = 𝑎2 + 𝑎4 + . .. . . . . . + 𝑎200
100 = 𝑎𝑟 + 𝑎𝑟 3 + . . . . . . . . +𝑎𝑟199
𝑎𝑟(𝑟 200 −1)
100 = . . . (2)
𝑟 2 −1
From (1) and (2), r = 2
And ∑100 100
𝑛=1 𝑎2𝑛+1 + ∑𝑛=1 𝑎2𝑛 = 300
⇒ 𝑎2 + 𝑎3 + 𝑎4 . .. . . . . . + 𝑎200 + 𝑎201 = 300
⇒ 𝑎𝑟 + 𝑎𝑟 2 + 𝑎𝑟 3 + . . . . . . . + 𝑎𝑟 200 = 300
⇒ 𝑟(𝑎 + 𝑎𝑟 + 𝑎𝑟 2 + . . . . . + 𝑎𝑟199 ) = 300
⇒ 2(𝑎1 + 𝑎2 + 𝑎3 + . . . . . . + 𝑎200 ) = 300
∑200
𝑛=1 𝑎𝑛 = 150

6. 𝑧 is a complex number such that |Re(𝑧)| + |Im(𝑧)| = 4, then |𝑧| cannot be equal to

a. √8 b. √7
17
c. √ 2 d. √10

9th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 4

 Answer: (𝑏)

Solution:
|Re(𝑧)| + |Im(𝑧)| = 4
Let 𝑧 = 𝑥 + 𝑖𝑦
⇒ |𝑥| + |𝑦| = 4

∴ 𝑧 lies on the rhombus.

Maximum value of |𝑧| = 4 when 𝑧 = 4, −4, 4𝑖, −4𝑖
Minimum value of |𝑧| = 2√2 when 𝑧 = 2 ± 2𝑖, ±2 + 2𝑖
|𝑧| ∈ [2√2 , 4]
|𝑧| ∈ [√8 , √16]
|𝑧| ≠ √7

𝑥 𝑥
7. 𝑓(𝑥) ∶ [0,5] → 𝑅, 𝐹(𝑥) = ∫0 𝑥 2 𝑔(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 , 𝑓(1) = 3, 𝑔(𝑥) = ∫1 𝑓(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 then correct choice is
a. 𝐹(𝑥) has no critical point
b. 𝐹(𝑥) has local minimum at 𝑥 = 1
c. 𝐹(𝑥) has local maximum at 𝑥 = 1
d. 𝐹(𝑥) has point of inflection at 𝑥 = 1
Answer: (b)

Solution:

𝐹(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 𝑔(𝑥)

Put 𝑥 = 1

9th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 5

 ⇒ 𝐹(1) = 𝑔(1) = 0 … (1)

Now 𝐹 ′′ (𝑥) = 2𝑥𝑔(𝑥) + 𝑔′ (𝑥)𝑥 2

𝐹 ′′ (1) = 2𝑔(1) + 𝑔′ (1) {∵ 𝑔′ (𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑥)}

𝐹 ′′ (1) = 𝑓(1) = 3 … (2)

From (1) and (2), 𝐹(𝑥) has local minimum at 𝑥 = 1

𝑑2 𝑦
8. Let 𝑥 = 2 sin 𝜃 − sin 2𝜃 and 𝑦 = 2 cos 𝜃 − cos 2𝜃 , then the value of 𝑑𝑥 2
at 𝜃 = 𝜋 is

3 5
a. 8
b. 8
7 3
c. 8
d. 2

Answer: (a)

Solution:

𝑑𝑥
= 2 cos 𝜃 − 2 cos 2𝜃
𝑑𝜃
𝑑𝑦
= −2 sin 𝜃 + 2 sin 2𝜃
𝑑𝜃

3𝜃 𝜃
𝑑𝑦 2 cos 2 sin 2
=
𝑑𝑥 2 sin 3𝜃 sin 𝜃
2 2
𝑑𝑦 3𝜃
= cot
𝑑𝑥 2

𝑑2 𝑦 3 3𝜃 𝑑𝜃
2
= − 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2
𝑑𝑥 2 2 𝑑𝑥

𝑑2 𝑦 3 3𝜃 1
2
= ( − 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 )
𝑑𝑥 2 2 (2 cos 𝜃 − 2 cos 2𝜃)

𝑑2 𝑦 3
2
| =
𝑑𝑥 𝜃=𝜋 8

9th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 6

9. If 𝑓(𝑥) and 𝑔(𝑥) are continuous functions, 𝑓𝑜𝑔 is identity function, 𝑔′ (𝑏) = 5 and 𝑔(𝑏) = 𝑎, then
𝑓′(𝑎) is
3
a. b. 5
5
2 1
c. d.
5 5

Answer: (d)
Solution:
𝑓(𝑔(𝑥)) = 𝑥

𝑓 ′ (𝑔(𝑥))𝑔′ (𝑥) = 1

Put 𝑥 = 𝑏

𝑓 ′ (𝑔(𝑏))𝑔′(𝑏) = 1

𝑓′(𝑎) × 5 = 1
1
𝑓 ′ (𝑎) = 5

4
10. Let 𝑥 + 6𝑦 = 8 is tangent to standard ellipse where minor axis is , then eccentricity of ellipse is
√3

1 11 1 11
a. √ b. √
4 12 4 3

5 11
c. √ d. √12
6

Answer: (d)
Solution:
4
If 2𝑏 =
√3

2
𝑏=
√3

𝑥 8
Comparing 𝑦 = − 6 + 6 with 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 ± √𝑎2 𝑚2 + 𝑏 2

1 16
𝑚 = − 6 and 𝑎2 𝑚2 + 𝑏 2 = 9

𝑎2 4 16
36
+3= 9

9th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 7

 𝑎2 16 4
⇒ 36 = 9
−3

⇒ 𝑎2 = 16

𝑏2
𝑒 = √1 − 𝑎2

11
⇒𝑒=√
12

1
11. If one end of focal chord of parabola 𝑦 2 = 8𝑥 is ( , −2) , then the equation of tangent at the other
2
end of this focal chord is
a. 𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 8 = 0 b. 𝑥 − 2𝑦 = 8
c. 𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 8 = 0 d. 𝑥 + 2𝑦 = 8
Answer: (c)
Solution:
Let 𝑃𝑄 be the focal chord of the parabola 𝑦 2 = 8𝑥

⇒ 𝑃(𝑡1 ) = (2𝑡12 , 4𝑡1 ) & 𝑄(𝑡2 ) = (2𝑡22 , 4𝑡2 )

⇒ 𝑡1 𝑡2 = −1
1
∵ (2 , −2) is one of the ends of the focal chord of the parabola

1
Let ( , −2) = (2𝑡22 , 4𝑡2 )
2

1
⇒ 𝑡2 = −
2

⇒ Other end of focal chord will have parameter 𝑡1 = 2

⇒ The co-ordinate of the other end of the focal chord will be (8, 8)

∴ The equation of the tangent will be given as → 8𝑦 = 4(𝑥 + 8)

⇒ 2𝑦 − 𝑥 = 8

12. If 7𝑥 + 6𝑦 − 2𝑧 = 0 , 3𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 2𝑧 = 0 & 𝑥 − 2𝑦 − 6𝑧 = 0, then the system of equations has

a. No solution
b. Infinite non-trivial solution for (𝑥 = 2𝑧)
c. Infinite non-trivial solution for (𝑦 = 2𝑧)
d. Only trivial solution

9th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 8

 Answer: (b)
Solution:
7𝑥 + 6𝑦 − 2𝑧 = 0

3𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 2𝑧 = 0

𝑥 − 2𝑦 − 6𝑧 = 0

As the system of equations are Homogeneous ⇒ the system is consistent.

7 6 −2
⇒ |3 4 2 |=0
1 −2 −6

⇒ Infinite solutions exist (both trivial and non-trivial solutions)

When 𝑦 = 2𝑧

Let’s take 𝑦 = 2, 𝑧 = 1

When (𝑥, 2,1)is substituted in the system of equations

⇒ 7𝑥 + 10 = 0

3𝑥 + 10 = 0

𝑥 − 10 = 0 (which is not possible)

∴ 𝑦 = 2𝑧 ⇒ Infinite non-trivial solutions does not exist.

For 𝑥 = 2𝑧, lets take 𝑥 = 2, 𝑧 = 1, 𝑦 = 𝑦

Substitute (2, 𝑦, 1)in system of equations

⇒ 𝑦 = −2

∴For each pair of (𝑥, 𝑧), we get a value of 𝑦.

Therefore, for 𝑥 = 2𝑧 infinite non-trivial solution exists.

13. If both the roots of the equation 𝑎𝑥 2 − 2𝑏𝑥 + 5 = 0 are 𝛼 and of the equation 𝑥 2 − 2𝑏𝑥 − 10 = 0
are 𝛼 and 𝛽. Then the value of 𝛼 2 + 𝛽 2
a. 15 b. 20
c. 25 d. 30
Answer: (c)
Solution:

9th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 9

 𝑎𝑥 2 − 2𝑏𝑥 + 5 = 0 has both roots as 𝛼
2𝑏 𝑏
⇒ 2𝛼 = ⇒𝛼=
𝑎 𝑎

5
And 𝛼 2 =
𝑎

⇒ 𝑏 2 = 5𝑎(𝑎 ≠ 0) … (1)

⇒ 𝛼 + 𝛽 = 2𝑏 & 𝛼𝛽 = −10
𝑏
𝛼 = 𝑎 is also a root of 𝑥 2 − 2𝑏𝑥 − 10 = 0

⇒ 𝑏 2 − 2𝑎𝑏 2 − 10𝑎2 = 0

∵ 𝑏 2 = 5𝑎 ⇒ 5𝑎 − 10𝑎2 − 10𝑎2 = 0
1 5
⇒ 𝑎 = ⇒ 𝑏2 =
4 4

⇒ 𝛼 2 = 20, 𝛽 2 = 5

⇒ 𝛼 2 + 𝛽 2 = 25

14. If 𝐴 = {𝑥: |𝑥| < 2 and 𝐵 = {𝑥: |𝑥 − 2| ≥ 3} then

a. 𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 = [−2, −1] b. 𝐵 − 𝐴 = 𝐑 − (−2,5)
c. 𝐴 − 𝐵 = [−1,2) d. 𝐴 ∪ 𝐵 = 𝐑 − (2,5)
Answer: (b)
Solution:

𝐴 = {𝑥: 𝑥 ∈ (−2,2)}

𝐵 = {𝑥: 𝑥 ∈ (−∞, −1] ∪ [5, ∞)}

𝐴 ∩ 𝐵 = {𝑥: 𝑥 ∈ (−2, −1]}

𝐵 − 𝐴 = {𝑥: 𝑥 ∈ (−∞, −2] ∪ [5, ∞)}

𝐴 − 𝐵 = {𝑥: 𝑥 ∈ (−1,2)}

𝐴 ∪ 𝐵 = {𝑥: 𝑥 ∈ (−∞, 2) ∪ [5, ∞)}

9th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 10

15. The value of 𝑃(𝑥𝑖 > 2) for the given probability distribution is
𝑥𝑖 1 2 3 4 5
𝑃𝑖 𝑘2 2𝑘 𝑘 2𝑘 5𝑘 2

1 23
a.
36
b. 36
1 7
c. d.
6 12

Answer: (b)
Solution:
We know that ∑5𝑥𝑖=1 𝑃𝑖 = 1

⇒ 𝑘 2 + 2𝑘 + 𝑘 + 2𝑘 + 5𝑘 2 = 1
1 1
⇒ 𝑘 = −1, 6 ∴ 𝑘 = 6

𝑃(𝑥𝑖 > 2) = 𝑃(𝑥𝑖 = 3) + 𝑃(𝑥𝑖 = 4) + 𝑃(𝑥𝑖 = 5)

23
= 𝑘 + 2𝑘 + 5𝑘 2 =
36

𝑥+1 𝑦−3 𝑧+1 𝑥+3 𝑦+2 𝑧−1

16. Let the distance between the plane passing through lines = = and = = and
2 3 8 2 1 𝜆
𝑘
the plane 23𝑥 − 10𝑦 − 2𝑧 + 48 = 0 is 633, then the value of 𝑘 is
√
a. 4 b. 3
c. 2 d. 1

Answer: (𝑏)
Solution:
We find the point of intersection of the two lines, and the distance of given plane from the two lines
is the distance of plane from the point of intersection.
∴ (2𝑝 − 1, 2𝑝 + 3, 8𝑝 − 1) = (2𝑞 − 3, 𝑞 − 2, 𝜆𝑞 + 1)
𝑝 = −2 and 𝑞 = −1
𝜆 = 18
Point of intersection is (−5, −3, −17)
𝑘 −115 + 30 + 34 + 48
∴ =| |⇒𝑘=3
√633 √633

9th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 11

 𝜋
17. Let 𝑥 = ∑∞ 𝑛
𝑛=0(−1) (tan 𝜃)
2𝑛
and 𝑦 = ∑∞ 2𝑛
𝑛=0(cos 𝜃) , where 𝜃 ∈ (0, 4 ), then
a. 𝑦(𝑥 − 1) = 1 b. 𝑦(1 − 𝑥) = 1
c. 𝑥(𝑦 + 1) = 1 d. 𝑦(1 + 𝑥) = 1

Answer: (b)
Solution:
𝑦 = 1 + cos2 𝜃 + cos 4 𝜃 + ⋯
1 1
⇒𝑦= 2
⇒ = sin2 𝜃
1 − cos 𝜃 𝑦
𝑥 = 1 − tan2 𝜃 + tan4 𝜃 − ⋯
1
⇒𝑥= = cos2 𝜃
1 − (−tan2 𝜃)
1
∴ 𝑥 + = 1 ⇒ 𝑦(1 − 𝑥) = 1
𝑦

4
18. If lim 𝑥 [𝑥] = 𝐴, then the value of 𝑥 at which 𝑓(𝑥) = [𝑥 2 ] sin 𝜋𝑥 is discontinuous at (where [.]
𝑥→0
denotes greatest integer function)
a. √𝐴 + 5 b. √𝐴 + 1

c. √𝐴 + 21 d. √𝐴
Answer: (b)
Solution:
𝑓(𝑥) = [𝑥 2 ] sin 𝜋𝑥

It is continuous ∀𝑥 ∈ 𝐙 as sin 𝜋𝑥 → 0 as 𝑥 → 𝐙 .

𝑓(𝑥) is discontinuous at points where [𝑥 2 ] is discontinuous i.e. 𝑥 2 ∈ 𝐙 with an exception that

𝑓(𝑥) is continuous as 𝑥 is an integer.

∴ Points of discontinuity for 𝑓(𝑥) would be at

𝑥 = ±√2, ±√3, ±√5, … …

4
Also, it is given that lim 𝑥 [𝑥] = 𝐴 (indeterminate form (0 × ∞))
𝑥→0

4 4
⇒ lim 𝑥 (𝑥 − {𝑥}) = 𝐴
𝑥→0

4
⇒ 4 − lim {𝑥} = 𝐴
𝑥→0

⇒𝐴=4

9th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 12

 √𝐴 + 5 = 3

√𝐴 + 1 = √5

√𝐴 + 21 = 5

√𝐴 = 2

∴ Points of discontinuity for 𝑓(𝑥) is 𝑥 = √5

19. Circles (𝑥 − 0)2 + (𝑦 − 4)2 = 𝑘 and (𝑥 − 3)2 + (𝑦 − 0)2 = 12 touch each other. The maximum
value of 𝑘 is _________.
Answer: (36)
Solution:
Two circles touch each other if 𝐶1 𝐶2 = |𝑟1 ± 𝑟2 |

√𝑘 + 1 = 5 or |√𝑘 − 1| = 5

⇒ 𝑘 = 16 or 36

Maximum value of 𝑘 is 36

20. If 25𝐶0 + 5 25𝐶1 + 9 25𝐶2 + ⋯ + 101 25𝐶25 = 225 𝑘, then the value of 𝑘 is __________.

Answer: (51)
Solution:

25
𝑆= 𝐶0 + 5 25𝐶1 + 9 25𝐶2 + ⋯ + 97 25𝐶24 + 101 25𝐶25 = 225 𝑘 (1)

Reverse and apply property 𝑛𝐶𝑟 = 𝑛𝐶𝑛−𝑟 in all coefficients

𝑆 = 101 25𝐶0 + 97 25𝐶1 + ⋯ + 5 25𝐶24 + 25𝐶25 (2)

Adding (1) and (2), we get

2𝑆 = 102[ 25𝐶0 + 25𝐶1 + ⋯ + 25𝐶25 ]

𝑆 = 51 × 225

⇒ 𝑘 = 51

9th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 13

21. Number of common terms in both the sequences 3, 7, 11, … 407 and 2, 9, 16, … 905 is _______.
Answer: (14)
Solution:
First common term is 23

Common difference = LCM(7, 4) = 28

23 + (𝑛 − 1)28 ≤ 407

𝑛 − 1 ≤ 13.71

𝑛 = 14

𝜋
22. Let |𝑎⃗| = √3, |𝑏⃗⃗| = 5, 𝑏⃗⃗. 𝑐⃗ = 10 and angle between 𝑏⃗⃗ and 𝑐⃗ is equal to . If 𝑎⃗ is perpendicular
3
to 𝑏⃗⃗ × 𝑐⃗, then the value of |𝑎⃗ × (𝑏⃗⃗ × 𝑐⃗)| is

Answer: (30)
Solution:

|𝑎⃗ × (𝑏⃗⃗ × 𝑐⃗)| = |𝑎⃗||𝑏⃗⃗ × 𝑐⃗| sin 𝜃 where 𝜃 is the angle between 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗ × 𝑐⃗
𝜋
𝜃= 2
given
𝜋
⇒ |𝑎⃗ × (𝑏⃗⃗ × 𝑐⃗)| = √3|𝑏⃗⃗ × 𝑐⃗| = √3|𝑏⃗⃗||𝑐⃗| sin
3

√3
⇒ |𝑎⃗ × (𝑏⃗⃗ × 𝑐⃗)| = √3 × 5 × |𝑐⃗| ×
2
15
⇒ |𝑎⃗ × (𝑏⃗⃗ × 𝑐⃗)| = |𝑐⃗|
2

Now, |𝑏⃗⃗||𝑐⃗| cos 𝜃 = 10

1
5|𝑐⃗| = 10
2

|𝑐⃗| = 4

𝑥 1 16 𝜋 𝜋
23. If minimum value of term free from 𝑥 for (sin 𝜃 + 𝑥 cos 𝜃 ) is 𝐿1 in 𝜃 ∈ [ , ] and 𝐿2 in 𝜃 ∈
8 4
𝜋 𝜋 𝐿2
[16 , 8 ], the value of 𝐿1
is

9th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 14

Answer: (16)
Solution:
𝑟
16
𝑥 16−𝑟 1
𝑇𝑟+1 = 𝐶𝑟 ( ) ( )
sin 𝜃 𝑥 cos 𝜃

For term independent of 𝑥,

16 − 2𝑟 = 0 ⇒ 𝑟 = 8

1 8 1 8
16 16
𝑇9 = 𝐶8 ( ) = 𝐶8 28 ( )
sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 sin 2𝜃

𝜋
𝐿1 = 16
𝐶8 28 at 𝜃 =
4

28 𝜋
𝐿2 = 16
𝐶8 1 8
= 16
𝐶8 212 at 𝜃 =
( ) 8
√2

𝐿2
= 16
𝐿1

9th January 2020 (Shift 2), Mathematics Page | 15